702490
272
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/294
Pagina verder
Renault ZOE
Vehicle user manual
welcome aboard your vehicle ................................(current page)
information and general advice
welcome aboard your vehicle ..........................(current page)
0.1
ENG_UD57680_1
Bienvenue (X10 - Renault)
Welcome to your new electric vehicle
Translated from French. Copying or translation, in part or in full, is forbidden unless prior written permission has been obtained from the car manufacturer.
The descriptions of the models given in this handbook are based on the technical specifications at the time of writing. This hand-
book covers all items of equipment (both standard and optional) available for these models but whether or not these are
fitted to the vehicle depends on the version, options selected and the country where the vehicle is sold.
This handbook may also contain information about items of equipment to be introduced later in the model year.
The diagrams in the user manual are provided as examples.
Enjoy driving your new vehicle.
This drivers handbook contains the information necessary:
for you to familiarise yourself with your vehicle, to use it to its best advantage and to benefit fully from the all the functions and
the technical developments it incorporates.
to ensure that it always gives the best performance by following the simple, but comprehensive advice concerning regular main-
tenance.
to enable you to deal quickly with minor faults not requiring specialist attention.
It is well worth taking a few minutes to read this handbook to familiarise yourself with the information and guidelines it contains
about the vehicle and its functions and new features. If certain points are still unclear, our Network technicians will be only too
pleased to provide you with any additional information.
To help you, you will find the following symbols:
and These appear in the vehicle and indicate that you should consult the manual for detailed information and/or
limits on operations with respect to your vehicle’s equipment.
anywhere in the manual indicates a transfer to a page.
anywhere in the manual indicates a hazard, danger or a safety recommendation.
windows .................................................................(current page)
tyres .......................................................................(current page)
rear view mirrors ....................................................(current page)
lighting
exterior .............................................................(current page)
access
vehicle ..............................................................(current page)
0.2
ENG_UD58439_1
Extérieur (X10 - Renault)
EXTERIOR
Electric windows 3.15
Windscreen wipers 1.103 and 1.108
Demisting 3.4 and 3.7
Lights: operation 1.96
Lights: replacement 5.10
Charging 1.8
Tyres 5.6
Bodywork maintenance 4.9
Rear view mirrors
1.67
Map 1.20
Locking/unlocking the doors
1.30
interior....................................................................(current page)
driving position
settings.............................................................(current page)
seats ......................................................................(current page)
storage/organisation ..............................................(current page)
child safety.............................................................(current page)
children ..................................................................(current page)
0.3
ENG_UD58440_1
Habitacle (X10 - Renault)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
Adjusting your driving po-
sition 1.36
Front seats 1.34
Child safety 1.50
Passenger compartment storage/fit-
tings 3.18
Transporting objects in the lug-
gage compartment 3.27
Rear bench seat 3.23
Rear headrests 3.22
driver’s position .....................................................(current page)
dashboard..............................................................(current page)
instrument panel ....................................................(current page)
controls ..................................................................(current page)
0.4
ENG_UD58441_1
Poste de conduite (X10 - Renault)
DRIVER’S POSITION
Instrument panel 1.72
Engine start/stop button
2.2
Trip computer controls 1.78
Cruise control 2.55
Speed limiter 2.51
Bonnet release 4.2
Exterior lighting
1.96
Steering wheel adjust-
ment 1.92
Heating/Air conditioning
system 3.4
Multimedia screen 3.28
Gearstick 2.5
Electronic parking brake
2.8
Heated seat(s) 1.34
Telephone charging
zone 3.18
driving aids ............................................................(current page)
driver assistance....................................................(current page)
driving ....................................................................(current page)
0.5
ENG_UD58442_1
Aides à la conduite (X10 - Renault)
DRIVING AIDS
ABS (anti-lock braking system)
ESC (electronic stability program)
Braking assistance
Hill start assistance
2.28
Tyre pressure monitoring system
2.18
Speed limiter 2.51
Lane departure warning 2.33
Blind spot warning 2.42
Detection of road signs 2.47
Cruise control 2.55
Parking distance control 2.61
Reversing camera 2.65
Assisted parking 2.67
Lane Keeping Assist 2.37
Active emergency braking
2.21
passenger safety ...................................................(current page)
air bag....................................................................(current page)
seat belts ...............................................................(current page)
0.6
ENG_UD58443_1
Sécurité à bord (X10 - Renault)
SAFETY ON BOARD
Front Airbags 1.41
Deactivating the passen-
ger’s front airbag 1.64
Side Airbags 1.48
Seat belts 1.36
vehicle identification ..............................................(current page)
vehicle identification plates ....................................(current page)
vehicle identification number (VIN) ........................(current page)
tyre pressure..........................................................(current page)
0.7
ENG_UD58444_1
Identification (X10 - Renault)
IDENTIFYING A VEHICLE - LABELS
Engine identification plate
6.3
Review of a vehicle identification
number 6.2
Tyre pressure labels 2.18 4.8
Vehicle identification
plate 6.2
levels .....................................................................(current page)
battery....................................................................(current page)
engine
access to the engine ........................................(current page)
0.8
ENG_UD58445_1
Compartiment moteur (X10 - Renault)
THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT (routine maintenance)
Opening the bonnet
4.2
Coolant level 4.4
400 V electric circuits
1.2
Windscreen washer fluid
4.4
Brake fluid 4.4
Battery 4.6
breakdown recovery ..............................................(current page)
bulbs
changing ..........................................................(current page)
wiper blades ..........................................................(current page)
puncture.................................................................(current page)
towing ....................................................................(current page)
fuses ......................................................................(current page)
0.9
ENG_UD58446_1
Dépannage (X10 - Renault)
BREAKDOWN RECOVERY
Replacing windscreen wiper
blade(s) 5.21
Replacing headlight
bulbs 5.10
Front towing point
5.23
Replacing the rear
screen wiper blade
5.21
Replacing rear light
bulbs 5.11
Fuses 5.17
Puncture 5.3
Tools 5.2
0.10
ENG_UD57681_1
Filler NU (X10 - Renault)
0.11
ENG_UD57682_1
Sommaire Général (X10 - Renault)
Getting to know your vehicle ...............................
Driving ...................................................................
Your comfort .........................................................
Maintenance .........................................................
Practical advice ....................................................
Technical specifications ......................................
Alphabetical index ...............................................
Sections
1
C O N T E N T S
2
3
4
5
6
7
0.12
ENG_UD57683_1
Filler NU (X10 - Renault)
1.1
ENG_UD61938_2
Sommaire 1 (X10 - Renault)
Section 1: Getting to know your vehicle
Electric vehicle: introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2
Important recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7
Electric vehicle: charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8
programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.18
Card: general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.20
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.28
Locking, unlocking the opening elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.31
Automatic locking when driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.33
Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.34
Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.36
Methods of restraint in addition to the child seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.41
to the rear seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.47
side protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.48
Child safety: General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.50
Choosing a child seat mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.53
fitting a child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.56
deactivating, activating the front passenger airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.64
Rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.67
Driving position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.68
Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.72
Displays and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.75
Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.78
vehicle settings customisation menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.87
Clock and outdoor temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.90
Steering wheel/Power-assisted steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.92
Audible and visual signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.94
Pedestrian horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.95
Exterior lighting and signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.96
Headlight beam adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.102
Washers, wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.103
electric vehicle
presentation ....................................(up to the end of the DU)
12 volt battery .......................................(up to the end of the DU)
traction battery ......................................(up to the end of the DU)
«400 volt» electrical circuit ...................(up to the end of the DU)
charging socket ....................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.2
ENG_UD57685_1
Présentation (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Electric vehicle: introduction
1 Electric charging connection
2 Electric motor
3 Secondary 12V battery
4 400 V traction battery
5 Orange electrical power cables
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: introduction (1/5)
1
2
3
4
5
connected services ................................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.3
ENG_UD57685_1
Présentation (X10 - Renault)
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: introduction (2/5)
Electric vehicles have special features,
but operate in a similar manner to con-
ventional vehicles.
The main difference in electric vehicles
is the exclusive use of electric energy
instead of fuel, as used in convention
vehicles.
We therefore recommend that you read
these instructions describing your elec-
tric vehicle carefully.
Connected services
(depending on vehicle)
Your electric vehicle has connected
services that provide information and/
or control:
your vehicle’s charging status;
the traction battery charging pro-
gramming, based on certain choices
on offer;
...
You can subscribe to a connected
service or extend it at any time by
consulting an authorised dealer.
6 7
8
You can access these services by:
digital devices (mobile telephones 7,
your computer 8 etc) ;
multimedia screen 6.
For more information, refer to the mul-
timedia equipment instructions or con-
tact an Approved Dealer.
1.4
ENG_UD57685_1
Présentation (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Batteries
Your electric vehicle has two types of
battery:
a 400V traction battery;
secondary 12 V battery.
400 V traction battery
This battery stores the energy neces-
sary to operate the motor in your elec-
tric vehicle properly. As with any bat-
tery, it discharges after use, and must
be regularly recharged.
You do not have to wait until the traction
battery hits the reserve level in order to
recharge it.
Charging times vary depending on the
type of specific wall unit socket or public
terminal you connect to.
Your vehicle range will depend on the
charge level of the traction battery, and
also on your driving style 2.16.
Secondary 12V battery
The second battery on your vehicle is
a secondary 12 V battery: this supplies
the energy required to operate vehicle
equipment (lights, windscreen wipers,
ABS, etc).
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: introduction (3/5)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.5
ENG_UD57685_1
Présentation (X10 - Renault)
The vehicle drive system
in an electric vehicle uses
a direct voltage of approxi-
mately 400 volts.
This system can get hot during
and after switching off the ignition.
Respect warning messages given
on the labels in the vehicle.
All interventions or modifications to
the 400V electrical system (com-
ponents, cables, connectors, trac-
tion battery) are strictly prohibited
due to the risks they present to your
safety. Please contact an authorised
dealer.
The risk of serious burns or elec-
tric shocks can lead to death.
A
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: introduction (4/5)
The A symbol denotes the electrical
elements of your vehicle which may
present health risks.
400 volt electrical circuit
The 400 V electrical circuit is denoted
by orange cables 9 and parts bearing
the
symbol.
9
electric vehicle
noise ................................................................(current page)
electric vehicle
driving ..............................................................(current page)
1.6
ENG_UD57685_1
Présentation (X10 - Renault)
Driving
As with a car with an automatic gear-
box, you will have to get used to not
using your left foot, and not using this
foot to brake.
When driving, if you lift your foot off the
accelerator pedal or depress the brake
pedal, the motor generates electrical
current during deceleration, and this
energy is used to brake the vehicle and
recharge the traction battery 2.13.
Special feature:
After a maximum charge of the battery
and during the first few miles of using
the vehicle, the engine brake will be
temporarily reduced. Please adapt your
driving style appropriately.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: introduction (5/5)
Bad weather, flooded roads:
Do not drive through floods
if the depth of water is
above the lower edge of
the wheel rims.
Your electric vehicle is
silent. Before leaving it, with
your foot on the brake, stop
the engine.
RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY
The engine brake should
under no circumstances be
used as a substitute for the
brake pedal.
Noise
Electric vehicles are particularly quiet.
You will not yet necessarily be used to
it, and neither will other road users. It
is difficult for them to hear the vehicle
when it is moving.
We would therefore recommend that
you are aware of the horn and make
use of it, especially when driving in a
built-up area or when manoeuvring
1.95.
As the motor is silent, you will hear
noises that you are not used to hearing
(aerodynamic noises, tyre noise, etc.)
When charging, the vehicle may emit
noises (fan, relays, etc).
When the vehicle is stopped, the heat-
ing system may start automatically for
self-maintenance.
Obstructions to the driver
On the driver’s side, only
use mats suitable for the
vehicle, attached with the
pre-fitted components, and check
the fitting regularly. Do not lay one
mat on top of another.
There is a risk of wedging the
pedals
presentation of the electric vehicle
important recommendations ............................(current page)
electric vehicle
important recommendations ............................(current page)
1.7
ENG_UD57686_1
Recommandations importantes (X10 - Renault)
Important recommendations
IMPORTANT RECOMMENDATIONS
Please read these instructions carefully. Failure to follow these instructions may lead to a risk of fire, serious injury
or electric shock which may present a risk to life.
In the event of an accident or impact
In the event of an accident or an impact to the underside of the vehicle (e.g.: striking a post, raised kerb or other street furni-
ture), this may damage the electric circuit or the traction battery.
Have the vehicle checked by an authorised dealer.
Never touch the “400 volt” components or orange cables which are exposed and visible inside or outside the vehicle.
In the event of serious damage to the traction battery, leaks may occur:
never touch the liquids (fluids, etc.) coming from the traction battery;
in the event of contact with the body, wash the affected area with plenty of water and consult a doctor as soon as possible.
In the event of an impact, even slight, against the charging flap and/or valve, have them checked by an authorised dealer as
soon as possible.
In the event of fire
In the event of fire, make everyone evacuate the vehicle immediately and contact the emergency services, informing them that
this is an electric vehicle.
Only use extinguishing agents ABC or BC that are permitted for use with electrical fires. Do not use water or other extinguish-
ing agents.
In the event of damage to the electrical circuit, please call an authorised dealer.
All towing operations
5.23.
Washing the vehicle
Never wash the engine compartment, the charging connection or the traction battery with a high-pressure jet.
This risks damaging the electric circuit.
Never wash the vehicle while it is charging.
Risk of electric shock and a risk to life.
charging socket ....................................(up to the end of the DU)
charging cord ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
charging flap .........................................(up to the end of the DU)
traction battery charge ..........................(up to the end of the DU)
electric vehicle
charge .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.8
ENG_UD61177_2
Véhicule électrique : charge (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Electric vehicle: charging
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging (1/10)
Charging schematic diagram
1 Electric charging connection
2 Charging cord
3 Specific wall socket or recharging ter-
minal
If you have any questions regarding
the equipment needed for charging,
please ask an authorised dealer.
1
2
3
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.9
ENG_UD61177_2
Véhicule électrique : charge (X10 - Renault)
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging (2/10)
Important recommendations for charging your vehicle
Please read these instructions carefully. Failure to follow these instructions may lead to a risk of fire, serious injury
or electric shocks which could result in death.
Charging
Do not do anything to the vehicle during charging (washing, working in the engine compartment, etc.).
In the event of the presence of water, signs of corrosion or foreign bodies in the charging cord connector or in the vehicle charg-
ing socket, do not charge the vehicle. Fire hazard.
Do not attempt to touch the cord contacts, the domestic socket or the vehicle charging socket, or introduce objects into them.
Never plug the charging cord into an adapter, multiple socket or extension lead.
The use of generators is prohibited.
Do not remove or change the vehicle charging socket or the charging cord. Fire hazard.
Do not modify or perform any action on the installation during charging.
In the event of an impact, even slight, against the charging socket or valve, have them checked by an authorised dealer as
soon as possible.
Take care of the cord: do not tread on it, immerse it in water or pull on it or let anything knock against it.
Check regularly that the charging cord is in good condition.
Do not use in the event of any damage to the charging cord (corrosion, discolouring, cuts, etc.) or to the unit. Please see an
authorised dealer for a replacement.
1.10
ENG_UD61177_2
Véhicule électrique : charge (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Charging cord A
This lead is specific to your vehicle and
designed for connecting to wall sockets
or public terminals to enable standard
charging of the traction battery.
A
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging (3/10)
Always read the charging cord instruc-
tions carefully before using it B.
B
Charging cord B
This cord allows:
standard charge, on a socket used
only for the vehicle (14A / 16A
charge);
occasional charge using a domestic
socket, when you are not at home,
for example (8A charge).
Sockets must be fitted as stated in the
instructions in the instructions supplied
with the charging cord B.
C
B
D
If a charging cord malfunctions
during the charging process (red
warning light on the unit D), stop
charging immediately. Please refer
to the cord instructions.
We recommend that you use a
charging cord that enables a stand-
ard charge to charge the traction
battery.
Each charging lead is stored in the
luggage compartment of the vehi-
cle.
Never leave the socket hanging by
the cord. Use the hooks C to attach
it.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.11
ENG_UD61177_2
Véhicule électrique : charge (X10 - Renault)
Important recommendations for charging your vehicle
Please read these instructions carefully. Failure to follow these instructions may lead to a risk of fire, serious injury
or electric shocks which could result in death.
Choice of charging cord
The standard charging cords supplied with the vehicle have been designed specifically for this vehicle. It is designed to protect
you against the risks of electric shock that can lead to death or fire.
Do not use with the charging leads of previous vehicles as they are not adapted.
For safety reasons, the use of a charging cord not recommended by the manufacturer is strictly forbidden. Failure to follow
this instruction can lead to risks of fire or electric shock that can prove fatal. For information on a charging cord suited to your
vehicle, please consult an authorised dealer.
Installation
For a standard charge
Using the charging cord A
Have a special wall socket installed by a qualified professional.
Using the charging cord B
The socket used to charge electric vehicles (14A / 16A charge) must be fitted by a qualified professional. Read the instruc-
tions provided with this product carefully.
For occasional charging (charging cord B)
With a domestic socket (10A charge)
Have a professional check that each socket to which you intend to connect the charging cord complies with the standards
and regulations in force in your country.
Please read the instructions that come with the charging cord carefully to learn about precautions you must take when using
the product and the technical specifications required when fitting the socket.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging (4/10)
1.12
ENG_UD61177_2
Véhicule électrique : charge (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging (5/10)
1
The vehicle has two charging connec-
tions located at the front of the vehicle:
E socket for charging up to 22 kW;
F socket, depending on the vehicle,
for rapid charging.
Precautions
Avoid charging and parking your ve-
hicle in extreme temperatures (hot or
cold).
Under extreme conditions, charging
may take several minutes before start-
ing (time required for the traction bat-
tery to cool down or warm up).
When the vehicle is parked for more
than seven days in temperatures below
about -25°C, charging the traction bat-
tery can become impossible.
In the absence of any protection
against overvoltage, you are recom-
mended not to charge the vehicle in
stormy weather (lightning, etc).
When the vehicle is parked for more
than three months with near zero
charge, charging the battery can
become impossible.
To preserve the service life of your trac-
tion battery, avoid parking the vehi-
cle for more than one month with high
charge, especially when the weather is
very hot.
Favour charging the traction battery
after driving and/or in mild tempera-
tures. Otherwise, charging may take a
longer period of time or even become
impossible.
Recommendations
In high temperatures, try to park and
recharge the vehicle in a shaded/
covered location.
Charging can be performed in the
rain or snow.
Activating the air-conditioning in-
creases the charge duration period.
Electric charging
connection 1
Note: If in a snowy environment,
remove snow from the vehicle charging
area before plugging in or disconnect-
ing. Snow in the socket may block the
insertion of the charging cord plug.
E
F
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.13
ENG_UD61177_2
Véhicule électrique : charge (X10 - Renault)
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging (6/10)
5
open valve 7;
plug in the end of the cord to the
power supply;
grab the handle 8;
plug in the vehicle cord. The Z.E. 6
warning light flashes in yellow;
after you hear a locking click, check
that the charging cord is properly
plugged in. To check the locking, pull
gently on the handle 8.
Recharging the traction
battery
Vehicle stationary, ignition off:
take the charging cord located in the
boot of your vehicle;
remove it from its storage bag;
press the 4 switch to unlock the 5
charging flap.
A message appears on the instrument
panel to indicate that the charging flap
is open. The warning light Z.E. 6 illumi-
nates in white;
The charging cord is automatically
locked with the vehicle. This will make it
impossible to unplug the cord from your
vehicle.
Make sure you fully uncoil the charg-
ing cord to limit its heating.
7
8
6
Do not use an extension
lead, multiple socket or
adapter.
Fire hazard.
4
1.14
ENG_UD61177_2
Véhicule électrique : charge (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
During charging, the Z.E. 6 warning
light flashes in blue.
When charging starts, the following
information is displayed on the instru-
ment panel:
the energy level on the battery warn-
ing light 9;
the battery refill rate;
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging (7/10)
9
10
an estimate of the remaining charg-
ing time (this is not displayed after
about 95% charge);
the warning light 10 indicates that
the vehicle is connected to a power
supply;
your vehicle range will vary accord-
ing to the charge level.
The display on the instrument panel
disappears after a few seconds. It reap-
pears on the instrument panel when a
door is opened.
One charging is complete, the Z.E. 6
warning light illuminates continuously
in green.
You do not need to wait until the charge
is at reserve levels to recharge your ve-
hicle.
Operating fault
If the Z.E. 6 warning light is illuminated
continuously in red, please contact an
Approved Dealer.
The traction battery charging time depends on the amount of energy remaining
and the power delivered by the charging terminal. The information is displayed on
the instrument panel during charging 1.75.
In the event of a problem, we recommend that you replace it with an identical
cord. Please see an authorised dealer.
6
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.15
ENG_UD61177_2
Véhicule électrique : charge (X10 - Renault)
unplug the charging cord from the
vehicle;
the valve 7 must be closed;
you must close the 5 charging flap
and press on it in order to lock it;
unplug the cord from the power
supply;
store the cord in its storage bag and
put away in the boot.
After pressing the charging cord un-
locking button, you have 30 seconds
to unplug it before it locks again.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging (8/10)
Precautions to take when removing
from the socket
Press on the switch 4 or on the
door unlocking button on the card to
unlock the vehicle charging cable;
grab the handle 8;
Note: immediately after a long charge
of the traction battery, the cable may be
hot. Please use the handles.
It is imperative to follow the unplug-
ging steps in order.
5
7
8
6
4
1.16
ENG_UD61177_2
Véhicule électrique : charge (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging (9/10)
Label 11
The label 11 on the charging flap re-
minds you of the instructions for the
opening and closing of the flap:
with the vehicle stationary, the valve
and the charging flap can be open;
when the vehicle is being driven, the
valve and the charging flap must be
closed;
11
To avoid disturbing the
char ging moni tori n g
system, do not install any
antistatic strip to the vehi-
cle.
do not wash the charging flap using
a high-pressure water jet;
open the flap to connect the charging
lead;
close the flap again once discon-
nected;
connect to a domestic socket, an al-
ternating voltage charging terminal
or a quick charging terminal.
11
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.17
ENG_UD61177_2
Véhicule électrique : charge (X10 - Renault)
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging (10/10)
12
13
Label 12
The 12 label located on the charging
provides information on the charging
operation according to the status of
the 6 warning light:
flash in yellow: the lead is plugged
into the vehicle and the system car-
ries out its checks;
flashing in blue: charging is in
progress;
illuminated continuously in blue:
charge programming is activated;
Label 13
The 13 label located on the charging
flap provides a reminder that you can
always unlock the vehicle charging
cable by pressing and holding the door
unlocking button on the card.
12
13
6
illuminated continuously in green:
the vehicle is fully charged;
flashing in red: operating fault.
charge programming ............................(up to the end of the DU)
charging cord ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.18
ENG_UD61178_2
Véhicule électrique : programmation de la charge (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
programming
Charging programming
With the vehicle stationary and the
engine running, from the “Settings” on
the multimedia screen 1, select the
“Vehicle” tab. Use the EV program-
ming” menu to configure charging for
your vehicle.
When the programming is confirmed,
the indicator light lights up on
the instrument panel.
Note: charging will start if the engine is
shut down and the vehicle is connected
to a power supply and access is author-
ised.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging programming (1/2)
“Immediate charging” 2
With the vehicle connected to a power
supply, charging starts.
Area A informs you that Immediate
charging” is activated.
Note: you can deactivate this option by
pressing OFF.
Please refer to the multimedia instruc-
tions for further information.
1
“Postponed charging” 3
You can programme the start time for
charging.
Press “Edit” 4 to open the settings to
set the start time for charging.
Set the start time for charging then
press “Close” to confirm.
Area B shows the time programmed for
charging to start.
With the vehicle connected to a power
source and the engine switched off,
charging starts at the scheduled time.
Program
Immediate
charge
Charging will begin when the vehicle is plugged in
Postponed
charging
Edit Edit
Climate
Charge
Calendar
Program
2
A
Charging will start at 12:34
Program
Immediate
charge
Postponed
charging
Edit
Edit
Climate
Charge Calendar
Program
3
B
4
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.19
ENG_UD61178_2
Véhicule électrique : programmation de la charge (X10 - Renault)
Programmed times are displayed in
area C.
With the vehicle connected to a power
source and the engine switched off,
charging starts at the scheduled time.
ELECTRIC VEHICLE: charging programming (2/2)
“Program” 5
You can save several programmed
charging times per week.
Select the programme time 6 that you
wish to change to access the settings.
You can disable one of your saved pro-
grammes by pressing “OFF".
Set the charging start and end times as
well as the days to which these times
will apply. Press “Close” to confirm.
Note: if the start and end times are
identical, charging time is 24 hours. You
can’t confirm a charging programme if
you don’t select a day of the week.
For safety reasons, carry
out these operations when
the vehicle is stationary.
Program
Charging programme 1
12:34 PM -> 12:24 AM L M M J V S D
10:00 PM -> 06:00 AM L M M J V S D
Charging programme 2
Charging programme 3
6
Charging programming
Start at
End at
Close
EV programming
Immediate
charge
Postponed
charging
Edit Edit
ClimateCharge Calendar
Program
5
C
L M M J V S D
doors/tailgate ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
locking the doors ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
map
use ..................................................(up to the end of the DU)
tailgate ..................................................(up to the end of the DU)
tailgate ..................................................(up to the end of the DU)
unlocking the doors ..............................(up to the end of the DU)
central door locking ..............................(up to the end of the DU)
closing the doors ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
daytime running lights...........................(up to the end of the DU)
access
vehicle .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
locking/unlocking the opening elements (up to the end of the DU)
remote control
card .................................................(up to the end of the DU)
remote control
map .................................................(up to the end of the DU)
card.......................................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.20
ENG_UD58970_4
Carte : généralités (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Card: general information
CARDS: general information (1/2)
1 Unlocking the doors and luggage
compartment.
2 Locks all the opening elements.
3 Unlocking/locking the boot.
4 Switching on the lighting remotely.
The card is used for:
locking/unlocking the opening ele-
ments (doors, boot);
unlocking the charging cable 1.8 ;
switching on the vehicle lighting re-
motely (refer to the following pages);
automatic remote closing of the elec-
tric windows 1.30.
Battery life
Make sure that the correct battery type
is being used, and that the battery is in
good condition and inserted correctly.
Its service life is approximately two
years: it should be replaced when the
message Keycard Battery Low ap-
pears on the instrument panel 5.15.
When the battery is flat, you can still
lock/unlock and start your vehicle.
2.2 1.30 5.15.
1
2
3
4
card operating range
This varies according to the environ-
ment: take care not to accidentally lock
or unlock the vehicle by inadvertently
pressing the buttons on the card.
Note: if any opening element (door or
luggage compartment) is open or not
properly shut, locking is unsuccessful
and the hazard warning lights and side
indicator lights do not flash.
lighting
distance lighting ...............................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.21
ENG_UD58970_4
Carte : généralités (X10 - Renault)
CARDS: general information (2/2)
Replacement: need for an
additional card
If you lose your card or require an-
other, you can obtain one from an
authorised dealer.
If a card is replaced, it will be neces-
sary to take the vehicle and all its
cards to an approved Dealer to ini-
tialise the system.
You may use up to four cards per
vehicle.
Advice
Avoid leaving the card in hot, cold or
humid areas.
Do not keep the card in a place
where it could be bent or dam-
aged accidentally, such as in a back
pocket of a garment.
4
Driver’s responsibility
when parking or stopping
the vehicle
Never leave an animal,
child or adult who is not self-suffi-
cient alone in your vehicle, even for
a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves
or to others by starting the engine,
activating equipment such as the
electric windows or locking the
doors, for example.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather,
please remember that the tempera-
ture inside the passenger compart-
ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
Interference
Interference by factors in the immediate
vicinity (external installations or the use
of equipment operating on the same
frequency as the remote control) may
affect the operation of the remote con-
trol.
Distance lighting function
Pressing button 4 switches on the
dipped beam headlights and the exte-
rior lighting for approximately 20 sec-
onds. This can be used, for example,
to identify the vehicle from a distance
when parked in a car park. Pressing
and holding the 4 button for approxi-
mately two seconds activates the exte-
rior lighting and a sound is emitted.
Note: pressing button 4 again switches
off the lighting.
locking the doors ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
«hands-free» card: use.........................(up to the end of the DU)
controls
doors/opening elements .................(up to the end of the DU)
opening/closing
doors ...............................................(up to the end of the DU)
opening/closing
luggage compartment .....................(up to the end of the DU)
opening/closing
sunroof ............................................(up to the end of the DU)
doors and tailgate .................................(up to the end of the DU)
access
vehicle .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
doors/tailgate ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.22
ENG_UD61179_2
Carte mains libres : utilisation (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
There are three ways to unlock/lock the
vehicle:
“hands-free”, when approaching and
moving away from the vehicle;
hands-free, using the 2 button
on the 1 handle of one of the front
doors;
using the card in remote control
mode.
“HANDS-FREECARD: use (1/5)
1
2
Do not store the card anywhere it
may come into contact with other
electronic equipment (computer,
phone etc.) as this could hinder its
operation.
Deactivating/activating the
“hands-free” mode
Depending on the vehicle, you can de-
activate/activate:
unlocking when approaching and
locking when moving away from the
vehicle;
locking and unlocking by pressing on
the buttons on the door handle.
You can also disable/activate the sound
signal that is emitted upon locking when
moving away from the vehicle 1.87.
Driver’s responsibility
when parking or stopping
the vehicle
Never leave an animal,
child or adult who is not self-suffi-
cient alone in your vehicle, even for
a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves
or to others by starting the engine,
activating equipment such as the
electric windows or locking the
doors, for example.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather,
please remember that the tempera-
ture inside the passenger compart-
ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.23
ENG_UD61179_2
Carte mains libres : utilisation (X10 - Renault)
“HANDS-FREECARD: use (2/5)
3
4
Unlocking in “hands-free”
mode, when approaching
and moving away from the
vehicle
With the card in access zone 3, the ve-
hicle will unlock.
Unlocking is indicated by one flash of
the hazard warning lights and the indi-
cator lights.
Remote “Hands-free” locking
With the card on you, doors and lug-
gage compartment door closed, move
away from the vehicle: it will lock auto-
matically once you have left the access
zone 3.
Note: the distance at which the vehicle
locks depends on the surroundings.
To indicate that the vehicle has been
locked, the hazard warning lights
flash twice and then light up for ap-
proximately four seconds, and a beep
sounds in confirmation.
Depending on the equipment level, the
door mirrors fold in automatically to
confirm locking.
If the card has been within the detec-
tion area 3 for approximately 15 min-
utes, remote locking is disabled. To lock
the vehicle, press the 2 button on the 1
handle or the 5 button on the card.
The vehicle cannot be remotely locked
if the card is within the area 4.
3
5
1.24
ENG_UD61179_2
Carte mains libres : utilisation (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
“Hands-free” unlocking/
locking using button 2
With the card in zone 3 and the vehi-
cle locked, press the button 2 on the
handle 1 of one of the two front doors:
the vehicle unlocks. Press the button 2
also unlocks all the doors and the tail-
gate.
Press the button 6 also unlocks all the
doors and the tailgate.
Unlocking is indicated by one flash of
the hazard warning lights and the indi-
cator lights.
“HANDS-FREECARD: use (3/5)
Pressing the 2 button again locks the
vehicle.
Press button 2 twice to close the win-
dows.
To indicate that the vehicle has been
locked, the hazard warning lights flash
twice and then light up for approxi-
mately four seconds.
Special features of the
unlocking system
After three days not in use, approach
unlocking is disabled. Press the 2
button (on the door or luggage com-
partment handle) or remote control to
unlock the vehicle and re-activate the
mode.
After eight days not in use, the vehicle
can only be unlocked using the remote
control.
Special features relating to
hands-free locking
After locking in “hands-free” mode, you
have to wait approximately three sec-
onds to be able to unlock the vehicle
again. During these three seconds, the
door handles can be tried to make sure
that the vehicle is locked properly.
Note: if any opening element (door or
luggage compartment) is open or not
properly shut, locking is unsuccessful
and the hazard warning lights and side
indicator lights do not flash.
1
2
6
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.25
ENG_UD61179_2
Carte mains libres : utilisation (X10 - Renault)
Locking using the card
With the doors and boot closed, press
button 5: the vehicle locks.
To indicate that the vehicle has been
locked, the hazard warning lights flash
twice and then light up for approxi-
mately four seconds.
Pressing the 5 button twice locks the
vehicle and enables the closure of the
front and rear windows (depending on
the vehicle).
Note:
the maximum distance at which the
vehicle locks depends on the sur-
roundings;
if any opening element (door or lug-
gage compartment) is open or not
properly shut, locking is unsuccess-
ful and the hazard warning lights and
side indicator lights do not flash.
The card buttons are deactivated
when the engine is running.
Using the card as a remote
control
Unlocking with the card
Press button 7.
Unlocking is indicated by one flash of
the hazard warning lights and the indi-
cator lights.
7
“HANDS-FREECARD: use (4/5)
If, while the engine is running, a door
is opened and closed, and the card is
no longer in the zone 4, the message
“Keycard Not Detected” indicates that
the card is not inside the vehicle. This
will, for example, prevent you from driv-
ing away after dropping off a passenger
who has kept the card on them.
The warning disappears when the card
is detected again.
4
5
1.26
ENG_UD61179_2
Carte mains libres : utilisation (X10 - Renault)
“HANDS-FREECARD: use (5/5)
8
Drivers responsibility
when parking or stopping
the vehicle
Never leave an animal,
child or adult who is not self-suffi-
cient alone in your vehicle, even for
a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves
or to others by starting the engine,
activating equipment such as the
electric windows or locking the
doors, for example.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather,
please remember that the tempera-
ture inside the passenger compart-
ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
Locking/unlocking only the
boot
Press the button 8 to lock/unlock the
boot only.
Unlocking the charging cord
Press button 7 to unlock the charging
cable from the vehicle.
7
central door locking ..............................(up to the end of the DU)
doors/tailgate ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
locking the doors ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
deadlocking the doors ...........................................(current page)
card: use ...............................................(up to the end of the DU)
access
vehicle .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
child safety.............................................................(current page)
map
deadlocking ......................................................(current page)
locking/unlocking the opening elements
doors ................................................................(current page)
map
locking/unlocking the opening elements ..........(current page)
1.27
ENG_UD57692_1
Carte : super condamnation (X10 - Renault)
To deactivate deadlocking
Unlock the vehicle using button 1 on
the card.
The hazard warning lights flash once to
indicate that the doors have been un-
locked.
Never use deadlocking if
someone is still inside the
vehicle.
To activate deadlocking
Deadlocking can be activated in one of
two ways:
press button 2 twice in quick succes-
sion;
or, press the button on the driver’s
door handle 3 twice in quick succes-
sion.
The hazard warning lights flash five
times to indicate locking.
If the vehicle is equipped with a dead-
locking function, this allows you to lock
the opening elements and to prevent
the doors from being unlocked using
the interior handles (for example, by
breaking the window and then trying to
open the door from the inside).
CARD: deadlocking
After activating the deadlocking
function using button 2, remote
locking and unlocking in hands-free
mode are deactivated.
To reactivate the “hands-free” mode:
restart the vehicle.
3
1
2
doors.....................................................(up to the end of the DU)
locking the doors ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
opening the doors .................................(up to the end of the DU)
closing the doors ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
children .................................................(up to the end of the DU)
doors/tailgate ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
warning buzzer .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
access
vehicle .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
locking/unlocking the opening elements (up to the end of the DU)
opening/closing
doors and tailgate ...........................(up to the end of the DU)
card.......................................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.28
ENG_UD57693_1
Ouverture et fermeture des portes (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Doors
OPENING AND CLOSING THE DOORS (1/2)
Opening the doors from the
outside
Front doors
With the doors unlocked, pull handle 1.
Special feature of the “hands-free”
card
With the doors locked, press the
button 2 on the handle 1 of one of the
two front doors and pull towards you.
Opening from the inside
Pull handle 5.
Lights-on reminder buzzer
A warning beep sounds when the driv-
er’s door is opened to warn you that the
lights are still on.
1
As a safety precaution,
the doors should only be
opened or closed when the
vehicle is stationary.
2
Rear doors
With the doors unlocked:
press on recess 3 to move the
handle 4;
slide your hand into the handle 4 and
pull towards you.
4
3
5
child safety.............................................................(current page)
of warning sound
door/luggage compartment open reminder alarm (up to the end of the DU)
of warning sound
light reminder alarm ........................(up to the end of the DU)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.29
ENG_UD57693_1
Ouverture et fermeture des portes (X10 - Renault)
OPENING AND CLOSING THE DOORS (2/2)
Drivers responsibility
when parking or stopping
the vehicle
Never leave an animal,
child or adult who is not self-suffi-
cient alone on your vehicle, even for
a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves
or to others by starting the engine,
activating equipment such as the
electric windows or by locking the
doors.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather,
please remember that the tempera-
ture inside the passenger compart-
ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
Special note
Once the engine has been switched off,
the lights and accessories (radio, etc.)
will continue to operate until the driver’s
door is opened.
Child safety
To make it impossible for the rear doors
to be opened from the inside, move the
lever 7 and check from the inside that
the doors are securely locked.
Door/tailgate open buzzer
When stationary, the warning light
shows when a door, the boot or
the charging flap is open or not closed
properly. The warning light 6 indicates
that the door or the boot is open or not
properly closed.
When the vehicle reaches a speed of
approximately 12 mph (20 km/h), the
warning lights and 6 are accom-
panied by a message indicating that the
opening element is open or not properly
closed.
6
7
map
card emergency key .......................(up to the end of the DU)
map
operating faults ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
map
engine not starting in hands-free mode (up to the end of the DU)
card.......................................................(up to the end of the DU)
locking the doors ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
opening/closing
doors and tailgate ...........................(up to the end of the DU)
access
vehicle .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
central door locking ..............................(up to the end of the DU)
doors/tailgate ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
unlocking the doors ..............................(up to the end of the DU)
closing the doors ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
opening the doors .................................(up to the end of the DU)
locking/unlocking the opening elements (up to the end of the DU)
1.30
ENG_UD61902_2
Verrouillage / Déverrouillage des portes (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
LOCKING, UNLOCKING THE DOORS (1/3)
If the card does not work:
In certain cases, the card may not
work:
when the card battery is drained, flat
battery, etc.
due to the use of electronic devices
near to the remote control (e.g.
mobile telephone);
vehicle located in a high electromag-
netic radiation zone.
It is then possible:
to use the key that is built into the
card;
to lock each of the doors manually;
to use the interior door locking/un-
locking control (refer to the following
pages).
The card’s built-in key
The integrated 2 key is used to lock or
unlock the front left-hand door if the
card does not work.
Access with key 2
Slide the rear casing 1 downwards
while pressing on zone A.
2
A
1
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.31
ENG_UD61902_2
Verrouillage / Déverrouillage des portes (X10 - Renault)
Locking, unlocking the opening elements
LOCKING, UNLOCKING THE DOORS (2/3)
Using the key integrated in the card
Insert the key 2 into the lock of the front
left-hand door and lock or unlock.
Locking the doors manually
Turn screw 3 with the door open (using
the end of the key) and close the door.
This means that the doors are then
locked from the outside.
The doors may then only be opened
from the inside or by using the key in
the front left-hand door.
3
2
1.32
ENG_UD61902_2
Verrouillage / Déverrouillage des portes (X10 - Renault)
Locking the doors without
the card
For example, in the event of a dis-
charged battery or the card temporarily
not working, etc.
With the engine switched off and an
opening (door or boot) open, press
and hold the switch 4 for more than five
seconds.
When the door is closed, all the doors
and tailgate will be locked.
Note: unlocking the vehicle from the
outside is only possible with the card in
the vehicle’s access zone or using the
key integrated in the card.
LOCKING, UNLOCKING THE DOORS (3/3)
Interior locking/unlocking
door control
Switch 4 simultaneously controls the
doors and the tailgate.
If a door or the tailgate is open or not
closed properly, the doors and tailgate
lock/unlock quickly.
If transporting an object with the tail-
gate open, you can still lock the doors:
with the ignition off, press and hold
switch 4 for more than five seconds to
lock the other opening elements.
Door and tailgate status
indicator
When the ignition is on, the indicator
light above the 4 switch informs you of
the locking status of the opening ele-
ments:
indicator light on, the doors and tail-
gate are locked,
indicator light off, the doors and tail-
gate are unlocked.
If the ignition is off, when you lock the
doors the warning light remains lit for
some time before disappearing.
Never leave your vehicle
with the card inside.
After locking/unlocking the vehi-
cle using the buttons on the card,
remote locking and hands-free un-
locking are deactivated.
To reactivate the “hands-free” mode:
restart the vehicle.
Drivers responsibility
If you decide to keep the
doors locked when you are
driving, remember that it
may be more difficult for those as-
sisting you to gain access to the
passenger compartment in the
event of an emergency.
4
RENAULT ANTI-INTRUDER DEVICE (RAID) (up to the end of the DU)
central door locking ..............................(up to the end of the DU)
doors.....................................................(up to the end of the DU)
locking the doors ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
doors/tailgate ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
closing the doors ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
operating faults .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
opening the doors .................................(up to the end of the DU)
unlocking the doors ..............................(up to the end of the DU)
1.33
ENG_UD57695_1
Condamnation automatique des ouvrants en roulage (X10 - Renault)
Automatic locking when driving
AUTOMATIC LOCKING WHEN DRIVING
Activating/deactivating the
function
With the engine running, press the
button 1 for approximately 5 seconds,
until you hear a warning beep.
NB: if a door is opened or closed, it
will automatically lock again when the
vehicle reaches a speed of 6 mph (10
km/h).
Operating principle
After the vehicle is started, the system
automatically locks the doors when you
are driving at approximately 6 mph (10
km/h) and over.
The door can be unlocked:
by pressing the button 1 to unlock
the doors;
with the vehicle stationary, by open-
ing a front door from inside the vehi-
cle.
Operating faults
If you experience an operating fault
(no automatic locking, the indicator
light incorporated in button 1 does not
light up when trying to lock the open-
ing elements, etc.), firstly check that the
opening elements are properly closed.
If they are properly closed, contact an
authorised dealer.
Drivers responsibility
If you decide to keep the
doors locked when you are
driving, remember that it
may be more difficult for those as-
sisting you to gain access to the
passenger compartment in the
event of an emergency.
1
front seat adjustment ............................(up to the end of the DU)
front seats
adjustment ......................................(up to the end of the DU)
front seats
with manual controls ........................................(current page)
1.34
ENG_UD57696_1
Sièges avant à commandes manuelles (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Front seat
FRONT SEATS (1/2)
To move the seat forwards or
back
Lift handle 1 to unlock. Release the
handle once the seat is in the correct
position and ensure that the seat is fully
locked into position.
To adjust the lumbar support
on the drivers seat
(depending on vehicle)
Lower handle 2 to increase the support
and lift it to decrease it.
For safety reasons, carry
out any adjustments when
the vehicle is not being
driven.
We would advise you not to recline
the seatbacks too far to ensure that
the effectiveness of the seat belts is
not reduced.
No object should be placed on the
floor (in front of the driver). Nothing
should be placed around the driv-
er’s feet as such objects may slide
under the pedals during sudden
braking manoeuvres and obstruct
their use.
1
To tilt the seatback
Turn control knob 3 to the required po-
sition.
2
3
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.35
ENG_UD57696_1
Sièges avant à commandes manuelles (X10 - Renault)
Heated seats
With the ignition on:
Pressing the switch 4 on the re-
quired seat for the first time activates
the heating system on high. Both in-
tegrated switch warning lights come
on;
pressing the switch for the second
time changes the heating to low. One
integrated warning light comes on;
pressing for the third time turns the
heating off.
4
Operating faults
When an operating fault is detected,
the warning lights in the 4 switch for the
seat concerned switch off after approxi-
mately five seconds.
Consult an approved dealer.
FRONT SEATS (2/2)
seat belts ..............................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving position
settings ...........................................(up to the end of the DU)
adjusting your driving position ...............................(current page)
front seats
adjustment ......................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.36
ENG_UD57697_1
Ceintures de sécurité (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Always wear your seat belt when trav-
elling in your vehicle. You must also
comply with the legislation of the par-
ticular country you are in.
Seat belts
Incorrectly adjusted or
twisted seat belts may
cause injuries in the event
of an accident.
Use one seat belt per person,
whether child or adult.
Even pregnant women should wear
a seat belt. In this case, ensure that
the lap belt is not exerting too much
pressure on the abdomen, but do
not allow any slack.
Before starting, first adjust your driv-
ing position, then ask all occupants
to adjust their seat belts to ensure
optimum protection.
Adjusting your driving
position
Sit well back in your seat (having
removed your coat or jacket etc.).
This is essential to ensure your back
is positioned correctly;
adjust the distance between the
seat and the pedals. Your seat
should be as far back as possible
while still allowing you to fully de-
press the pedals. The seatback
should be adjusted so that your arms
are slightly bent when you hold the
steering wheel;
adjust the position of the steering
wheel.
Adjusting the seat belts
Sit with your back firmly against the
seatback.
The shoulder strap 1 should be as close
as possible to the base of the neck but
not on it.
Lap belt 2 should be worn flat over the
thighs and against the pelvis.
The seat belt must be worn as close to
the body as possible. Eg: avoid wearing
heavy clothing or keeping bulky objects
under the belts, etc.
SEAT BELTS (1/5)
1
2
Make sure that the rear bench seat
is locked in position correctly so that
the rear seat belts will operate cor-
rectly. 3.23.
locking ...................................................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.37
ENG_UD57697_1
Ceintures de sécurité (X10 - Renault)
Front seat belt reminder
warning light on display 6
It lights up when the engine is started
and, if the driver’s seat belt is not fas-
tened, the light flashes and a beep
sounds for about two minutes when
the vehicle reaches a speed of approxi-
mately 12 mph (20 km/h).
NB: an object placed on the passenger
seat cushion may activate the warning
light in some cases.
SEAT BELTS (2/5)
Locking
Unwind the belt slowly and smoothly
and ensure that buckle 3 locks into
catch 5 (check that it is locked by pull-
ing on buckle 3). If the belt jams, allow
it to return slightly before attempting to
unwind it again.
If your seat belt is completely jammed,
pull slowly, but firmly, so that just over
3 cm unwinds. Allow it to return slightly
before attempting to unwind it again.
If there is still a problem, contact an ap-
proved dealer.
1
5
3
4
5
6
1.38
ENG_UD57697_1
Ceintures de sécurité (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Adjusting the height of the
front seat belts
Press the button 8 to adjust the seat
belt height, so that the shoulder strap 1
is worn as shown previously. Press
button 8 and raise or lower the seat
belt. Make sure that the seat belt is
locked in position correctly after you
have adjusted it.
8
SEAT BELTS (3/5)
Rear seat belt reminder (depending
on vehicle)
The warning light ß appears on
the central display with the visual 7, de-
pending on the vehicle.
In all cases, these messages appear
with each:
starting the vehicle;
opening a door;
fastening or unfastening of a rear
seat belt (in this case, the informa-
tion is accompanied by a beep last-
ing approximately one minute).
Note: an object placed on one of the
front seat bases may activate the warn-
ing light in some cases.
7
In all cases, check that the rear pas-
sengers are wearing seat belts and that
the number of seat belts shown as fas-
tened matches the number of rear seat
places occupied.
On the graphic 7:
indicator green: seatbelt fastened;
indicator red: seatbelt unfastened;
indicator grey: seat not occupied.
Unlocking
Press button 4 and the seat belt will be
rewound by the inertia reel. Guide the
belt.
1
4
rear seats...............................................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.39
ENG_UD57697_1
Ceintures de sécurité (X10 - Renault)
SEAT BELTS (4/5)
Fasten sliding buckle 12 into the corre-
sponding red catch 14.
Check that the rear seat
belts are positioned and
operating correctly each
time the rear bench seat is
moved.
Rear centre seat belt
Unwind belt 10 slowly from its housing,
then fasten buckle 11 into the corre-
sponding black catch 13.
Rear side seat belts 9
The belts are locked, unlocked and
adjusted in the same way as the front
belts.
9
11
11
13
14
10
12
1.40
ENG_UD57697_1
Ceintures de sécurité (X10 - Renault)
No modification may be made to the component parts of the originally fitted restraint system: seat belts, seats and
their mountings. For special operations (e.g. fitting child seats), contact an authorised dealer.
Do not use devices which allow any slack in the belts (e.g. clothes pegs, clips, etc.): a seat belt which is worn too
loosely may cause injury in the event of an accident.
Never wear the shoulder strap under your arm or behind your back.
Never use the same belt for more than one person and never hold a baby or child on your lap with your seat belt around
them.
The belt should never be twisted.
Following an accident, have the seat belts checked and replaced if necessary. Always replace your seat belts as soon as
they show any signs of wear.
When the rear bench seat is being put back, make sure that the seat belts and buckles are correctly positioned so that they
can be used properly.
Make sure that the buckle is inserted into the appropriate catch.
Ensure that no objects are placed in the area around the seat belt catch as they could prevent it from being properly se-
cured.
Make sure the seat belt catch is properly positioned (it should not be hidden away, crushed or flattened by people or ob-
jects).
The following information applies to the vehicle’s front and rear seat belts.
SEAT BELTS (5/5)
seat belts ..............................................(up to the end of the DU)
additional methods of restraint .............(up to the end of the DU)
additional methods of restraint
to the front seat belts ......................(up to the end of the DU)
additional methods of restraint
to the rear seat belts .......................(up to the end of the DU)
air bag...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
air bag...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
pretensioners ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
seat belt pretensioners
front seat belt ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
seat belt pretensioners .........................(up to the end of the DU)
methods of restraint in addition to the seat belts (up to the end of the DU)
1.41
ENG_UD57698_1
Dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X10 - Renault)
Methods of restraint in addition to the child seat belts
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (1/6)
They are comprised of:
seat belt inertia reel pretension-
ers;
chest-level load limiters;
airbags anti-submarining;
airbags Driver and passenger
front
These systems are designed to act in-
dependently or together when the vehi-
cle is subjected to a frontal impact.
Depending on the severity of the
impact, the system can trigger:
seat belt locking;
the seat belt inertia reel pretensioner
(which engages to correct seat belt
slack);
the front airbag.
Pretensioners
The pretensioners hold the seat belt
against the body, holding the occupant
more securely against the seat, thus in-
creasing the seat belt’s efficiency.
With the ignition on, following a signif-
icant frontal impact and depending on
the severity of the impact, the system
may trigger the seat belt inertia reel
pretensioner 1, which instantly retracts
the seat belt.
Have the entire restraint
system checked following
an accident.
No operation whatso-
ever is permitted on any part
of the system (pretensioners,
airbags, computers, wiring) and
the system components must not
be reused on any other vehicle,
even if identical.
Only qualified personnel from our
Network may work on the airbags;
otherwise the system may trigger
accidentally and cause injury.
The electric trigger system may
only be tested by a specially
trained technician using special
equipment.
When the vehicle is scrapped,
contact an approved dealer for
disposal of the pretensioner and
airbags gas generators.
1
1.42
ENG_UD57698_1
Dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (2/6)
Load limiter
Above a certain severity of impact, this
mechanism is used to limit the force of
the belt against the body so that it is at
an acceptable level.
Airbaganti-submarining
Located on each of the front seats, it
deploys in order to prevent the occu-
pant from sliding under the seat belt.
Driver and passenger front
Airbag
Fitted to the driver and passenger side.
The presence of this equipment is indi-
cated by the word “airbag" on the steer-
ing wheel, dashboard (in area airbag A)
and, depending on the vehicle, a label
on the lower section of the windscreen.
Each airbag system consists of:
an airbag and gas generator fitted on
the steering wheel for the driver and
in the dashboard for the passenger;
an electronic unit for system monitor-
ing which controls the gas generator
electrical trigger system;
remote sensors;
a single warning light
å on the
instrument panel.
A
The airbag system uses py-
rotechnic principles. This
explains why, when the
airbag inflates, it will gener-
ate heat, produce smoke (this does
not mean that a fire is about to start)
and make a banging noise. In a situ-
ation where an airbag is required, it
will inflate immediately and this may
cause some minor, superficial graz-
ing to the skin or other problems.
operating faults ......................................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.43
ENG_UD57698_1
Dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X10 - Renault)
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (3/6)
Operation
This system is only operational when
the ignition is switched on.
In a severe frontal impact, the airbags
inflate rapidly, cushioning the impact
of the driver's head and chest against
the steering wheel and of the front pas-
senger against the dashboard. The air
bags then deflate immediately so that
the passengers are not in any way hin-
dered from leaving the vehicle.
Operating faults
å This warning light will light up
on the instrument panel when the igni-
tion is switched on and then go out after
a few seconds.
If it does not light up when the ignition
is switched on, or comes on when the
engine is running, there is a fault in the
system.
Contact your approved Dealer as soon
as possible.
Your protection will be reduced until this
fault is rectified.
1.44
ENG_UD57698_1
Dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (4/6)
The following conditions will trigger
the pretensioners or airbags.
In a frontal impact against a rigid
(non-deformable) surface at an impact
speed equal to or greater than 16 mph
(25 km/h).
In a frontal impact with another vehi-
cle of an equivalent or higher category,
with an impact area equal to or greater
than 40%, where the speed of both ve-
hicles is equal to or greater than 25
mph (40 km/h).
In a side impact with another vehicle
of an equivalent or higher category, at
an impact speed equal to or greater
than 31 mph (50 km/h).
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.45
ENG_UD57698_1
Dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X10 - Renault)
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (5/6)
In the following examples, the pre-
tensioners or the airbags could op-
erate:
impacts to the underside of the vehi-
cle, e.g. from kerbs;
– potholes;
– a fall or a hard landing;
– stones;
– ...
In the following examples, the pre-
tensioners or airbags might not op-
erate:
– rear impact, however severe;
– the vehicle overturning;
side impact, affecting the front of the
vehicle;
frontal impact, under the tail of a lorry;
frontal impact against an obstacle
with a sharp angle;
– ...
child safety.............................................................(current page)
1.46
ENG_UD57698_1
Dispositifs complémentaires à la ceinture avant (X10 - Renault)
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT SEAT BELTS (6/6)
Warnings concerning the driver’s airbag
Do not modify the steering wheel or the steering wheel boss.
Do not cover the steering wheel boss under any circumstances.
Do not attach any objects (badge, logo, clock, telephone holder, etc.) to the steering wheel boss.
The steering wheel must not be removed (except by qualified personnel from our Network).
Do not sit too close to the steering wheel: adopt a driving position whereby your arms are slightly folded 1.36. This will
allow sufficient space for the airbag to deploy correctly and be fully effective.
Warnings concerning the passenger airbag
Do not attach or glue any objects (badge, logo, clock, telephone holder, etc.) to the dashboard on or near the airbag.
Do not place anything between the dashboard and the passenger (pet, umbrella, walking stick, parcels, etc.).
The passenger must not put his or her feet on the dashboard or seat as there is a risk that serious injuries may occur. In
general, parts of the body should be kept away from the dashboard (knees, hands, head, etc.).
The devices in addition to the front passenger seat belt should be reactivated as soon as a child seat is removed, to ensure
the protection of the passenger in the event of an impact.
A REAR-FACING CHILD SEAT MUST NOT BE FITTED TO THE FRONT PASSENGER SEAT UNLESS THE
RESTRAINT SYSTEMS IN ADDITION TO THE FRONT PASSENGER SEATBELT ARE DEACTIVATED 1.64.
Warnings concerning the anti-submarining airbag
Do not let a child under the age of 12 sit in this seat. When triggered, the anti-submarining airbag may project objects left on
the seat base with a great deal of force.
Risk of serious injury.
All of the warnings below are given so that the airbag is not obstructed in any way when it is inflated and also to prevent
the risk of serious injuries caused by items which may be dislodged when it inflates.
additional methods of restraint
to the rear seat belts .......................(up to the end of the DU)
methods of restraint in addition to the seat belts (up to the end of the DU)
air bag...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
seat belt pretensioners ..........................................(current page)
1.47
ENG_UD57699_1
Dispositifs complémentaires aux ceintures arrière latérales (X10 - Renault)
to the rear seat belts
METHODS OF RESTRAINT IN ADDITION TO THE REAR SIDE SEAT BELTS
Force limiter
Above a certain severity of impact, this
mechanism is used to limit the force of
the belt against the body so that it is at
an acceptable level.
Have the entire restraint
system checked following
an accident.
No operation whatsoever
is permitted on any part of the
system (airbags, electronic units,
wiring) and the system compo-
nents must not be reused on any
other vehicle, even if identical.
Only qualified personnel from our
Network may work on the airbags;
otherwise the system may trigger
accidentally and cause injury.
air bag...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
additional methods of restraint
side protection ................................(up to the end of the DU)
methods of restraint in addition to the seat belts (up to the end of the DU)
seat belts ..............................................(up to the end of the DU)
air bag...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
side protection devices .........................(up to the end of the DU)
1.48
ENG_UD57700_1
Dispositifs de protection latérale (X10 - Renault)
side protection
SIDE PROTECTION DEVICES
Warning relating to the side airbag
Fitting seat covers: seats equipped with an airbag require covers spe-
cifically designed for your vehicle. Contact an approved dealer to find
out if these covers are available. The use of any covers other than those
designed for your vehicle (including those designed for another vehicle) may
affect the operation of the airbags and reduce your protection.
Do not place any accessories, objects or even pets between the seatback, the
door and the internal fittings. Do not cover the seatback with objects such as
clothes or accessories. This may prevent the airbag from operating correctly or
cause injury when the airbag is deployed.
No work or modification whatsoever may be carried out on the seat or internal
fittings, except by qualified personnel from an approved dealer.
The space between the seatback of the rear bench seat and the trim is the
area of airbag operation: no objects must be placed here.
Side Airbags
This airbag is fitted to the front seats,
activated at the sides of the seats (door
side) to protect the occupants in the
event of a severe side impact.
Depending on the vehicle, a mark-
ing on the windscreen informs you
of the presence of additional means
of restraint (airbags, pretensioners,
etc.) in the passenger compartment.
air bag...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
methods of restraint in addition to the seat belts (up to the end of the DU)
additional methods of restraint .............(up to the end of the DU)
seat belts ..............................................(up to the end of the DU)
air bag...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.49
ENG_UD57701_1
Dispositifs de retenue complémentaire (X10 - Renault)
ADDITIONAL METHODS OF RESTRAINT
The airbag is designed to complement the action of the seat belt. Both the airbag and the seat belt are integral parts
of the same protection system. It is therefore essential to wear seat belts at all times. If seat belts are not worn, the oc-
cupants are exposed to the risk of serious injury in the event of an accident. It may also increase the risk of minor su-
perficial injuries occurring when the airbag is deployed, although such minor injuries are always possible with airbags.
If the vehicle should overturn or suffer a rear impact, however severe, the pretensioners and airbags are not always triggered.
Shocks to the underbody of the vehicle, from pavements, potholes, stones etc. can all trigger these systems.
Work and modifications on the complete airbag system (airbags, pretensioners, ECU, wiring harness, etc.), are strictly pro-
hibited (except by qualified Network personnel).
To ensure that the system is in good working order and to avoid accidental triggering of the system which may cause injury,
only qualified Network personnel may work on the airbag system.
As a safety precaution, have the airbag system checked if your vehicle has been involved in an accident, or is stolen or
broken into.
When selling or lending the vehicle, inform the user of these points and hand over this driver’s handbook with the vehicle.
When scrapping your vehicle, contact your approved dealer for disposal of the gas generator(s).
All of the warnings below are given so that the airbag is not obstructed in any way when it is inflated and also to prevent
the risk of serious injuries caused by items which may be dislodged when it inflates.
child safety............................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child seats.............................................(up to the end of the DU)
transporting children .............................(up to the end of the DU)
children .................................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.50
ENG_UD57702_1
Sécurité enfants : généralités (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Child safety: General information
CHILD SAFETY: General information (1/2)
Carrying children
Please ensure that you comply with the
legislation of your country.
Children, and adults, must be correctly
seated and strapped in for all journeys.
The children being carried in your vehi-
cle are your responsibility.
A child is not a miniature adult. Children
are at risk of specific injuries as their
muscles and bones have not yet fin-
ished growing. The seat belt alone
would not provide suitable protection.
Use an approved child seat and ensure
you use it correctly.
A collision at 30 mph (50
km/h) is the same as fall-
ing a distance of 10 metres.
Transporting a child without
a restraint is the equivalent of allow-
ing him or her to play on a fourth-
floor balcony without railings.
Never travel with a child held in your
arms. In the event of an accident,
you will not be able to keep hold of
the child, even if you yourself are
wearing a seat belt.
If your vehicle has been involved in
a road accident, replace the child
seat and have the seat belts and
ISOFIX anchorage points checked.
To prevent the doors being
opened, use the “Child lock”
feature. 1.28.
Driver’s responsibility
when parking or stopping
the vehicle
Never leave an animal,
child or adult who is not self-suffi-
cient alone on your vehicle, even for
a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves
or to others by starting the engine,
activating equipment such as the
electric windows or by locking the
doors.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather,
please remember that the tempera-
ture inside the passenger compart-
ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.51
ENG_UD57702_1
Sécurité enfants : généralités (X10 - Renault)
CHILD SAFETY: General information (2/2)
Using a child seat
The level of protection offered by the
child seat depends on its ability to re-
strain your child and on its installation.
Incorrect installation compromises the
protection it offers the child in the event
of harsh braking or an impact.
Before purchasing a child seat, check
that it complies with the regulations for
the country you are in and that it can
be fitted in your vehicle. Consult an ap-
proved dealer to find out which seats
are recommended for your vehicle.
Before fitting a child seat, read the
manual and respect its instructions. If
you experience any difficulties during
installation, contact the manufacturer
of the equipment. Keep the instructions
with the seat.
Set a good example by always fas-
tening your seat belt and teaching
your child:
to strap themselves in correctly;
to always get in and out of the car
at the kerb, away from busy traf-
fic.
Do not use a second-hand child
seat or one without an instruction
manual.
Check that there are no objects in
the vicinity of the child seat which
could impede its operation.
Never leave a child unat-
tended in the vehicle.
Check that your child is
always strapped in and that
the belt or safety harness used is
correctly set and adjusted. Avoid
wearing bulky clothing which could
cause the belts to slacken.
Never let your child put their head or
arms out of the window.
Check that the child is in the correct
position for the entire journey, espe-
cially if asleep.
child safety............................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child seats.............................................(up to the end of the DU)
transporting children .............................(up to the end of the DU)
children .................................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.52
ENG_UD57703_1
Sécurité enfants : choix du siège enfant (X10 - Renault)
CHILD SAFETY: choosing a child seat
Rear-facing child seats
A baby’s head is, proportionally, heavier
than that of an adult and its neck is very
fragile. Transport the child in this po-
sition for as long as possible (until the
age of 2 at the very least). It supports
both the head and the neck.
Choose a bucket type seat for best side
protection and change it as soon as the
child’s head is higher than the shell.
Forward-facing child seats
The child’s head and abdomen need to
be protected as a priority. A forward-fac-
ing child seat which is firmly attached to
the vehicle will reduce the risk of impact
to the head. Ensure your child travels in
a forward-facing seat with a harness for
as long as their size permits.
Choose a bucket type seat for optimum
side protection.
Booster cushions
From 15 kg or 4 years, the child can
travel using a booster seat, which will
enable the seat belt to be adapted
to suit his/her size and shape. The
booster seat cushion must be fitted with
guides to position the seat belt on the
child’s thighs rather than the stomach.
It is recommended that you use a seat-
back fitted with a belt strap guide which
can be adjusted in terms of height to
position the seat belt in the centre of the
shoulder. It must never rest on the neck
or on the arm.
Choose a bucket type seat for optimum
side protection.
towing rings ..........................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child safety............................................(up to the end of the DU)
child seats.............................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
transporting children .............................(up to the end of the DU)
1.53
ENG_UD57704_1
Sécurité enfants : choix de la fixation du siège enfant (X10 - Renault)
Choosing a child seat mounting
CHILD SAFETY: choosing a child seat mounting (1/3)
There are two ways of attaching child
seats: via the seat belt or using the
ISOFIX system.
The seat belt must never
be twisted or the tension
relieved. Never pass the
shoulder strap under the
arm or behind the back.
Check that the seat belt has not
been damaged by sharp edges.
If the seat belt does not operate nor-
mally, it will not protect the child.
Consult an approved dealer. Do not
use this seat until the seat belt has
been repaired.
Do not use the child seat
if it may unfasten the seat
belt restraining it: the base
of the seat must not rest on
the buckle and/or catch of the seat
belt.
Attachment via the seat belt
The seat belt must be adjusted to
ensure that it is effective in the event of
harsh braking or an impact.
Ensure that the strap paths indicated
by the child seat manufacturer are re-
spected.
Always check that the seat belt is cor-
rectly fastened by pulling it up, then
pulling it out fully whilst pressing on the
child seat.
Check that the seat is correctly held by
moving it from side to side and back
to front: the seat should remain firmly
fixed.
Check that the child seat has not been
installed at an angle and that it is not
resting against a window.
1.54
ENG_UD57704_1
Sécurité enfants : choix de la fixation du siège enfant (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
CHILD SAFETY: choosing a child seat mounting (2/3)
The two rings 1 are located between
the seatback and the seat base of the
seat and are identified by a marking.
1
No modifications may be
made to the component
parts of the restraint system
(ISOFIX seat belts, seats
and their mountings) originally fitted.
Before using an ISOFIX
child seat that you pur-
chased for another vehicle,
check that its installation is
authorised. Consult the list of ve-
hicles which can be fitted with the
seat from the equipment manufac-
turer.
Attachment using the ISOFIX
system
Authorised ISOFIX child seats are ap-
proved in accordance with regulation
ECE-R44 in one of the three following
scenarios:
universal ISOFIX 3-point forward-
facing seat;
semi-universal ISOFIX 2-point seat;
specific.
For the latter two, check that your child
seat can be installed by consulting the
list of compatible vehicles.
Attach the child seat with the ISOFIX
locks, if these are provided. The ISOFIX
system allows quick, easy, safe fitting.
The ISOFIX system consists of 2 rings
and, in some cases, a third ring.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.55
ENG_UD57704_1
Sécurité enfants : choix de la fixation du siège enfant (X10 - Renault)
The third ring is used to attach the
upper strap on some child seats: you
must attach hook 2 to ring 3 for a rear
seat and ring 4 for a front seat.
4
CHILD SAFETY: choosing a child seat mounting (3/3)
The child seat strap must
be attached to the corre-
sponding ring.
Check that the seatback
of the forward-facing child
seat is in contact with the
seatback of the vehicle
seat. In this case, the child seat may
not always rest on the seat base of
the vehicle seat.
The ISOFIX anchorage points have been exclusively designed for child
seats with the ISOFIX system. Never fit a different type of child seat, seat
belt or other objects to these anchorage points.
Check that nothing is obstructing the anchorage points.
If your vehicle has been involved in a road accident, have the ISOFIX anchorage
points checked and replace your child seat.
Pull the belt so that the back of the child
seat comes into contact with the back
of the vehicle seat.
Note: it is essential to use the rings
marked with the symbol
.
2
3
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child safety............................................(up to the end of the DU)
child seats.............................................(up to the end of the DU)
transporting children .............................(up to the end of the DU)
1.56
ENG_UD57705_1
Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Some seats are not suitable for fitting
child seats. The diagram on the follow-
ing page shows you how to attach a
child seat.
The types of child seats indicated may
not be available. Before using a differ-
ent child seat, check with the manufac-
turer that it can be fitted.
fitting a child seat
CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat: general information (1/2)
In the front seat
The laws concerning children travel-
ling in the front passenger seat differ in
every country. Consult the legislation in
force and follow the indications on the
diagram on the following page.
Before fitting a child seat in this seat (if
authorised):
lower the seat belt as far as possible;
move the seat as far back as possi-
ble;
gently tilt the seatback away from
vertical (approximately 25°);
on equipped vehicles, raise the seat
base as far as possible.
After installing the child seat, when this
is possible, you can move the vehi-
cle seat forward if necessary (so as to
leave enough space in the rear seats
for passengers or other child seats).
For a rear-facing child seat, do not let
it touch the dashboard or move it to the
furthest forward position.
Do not change these settings after the
child seat is installed.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before
fitting a rear-facing child
seat in this seat, make sure
that the airbag has been deacti-
vated 1.64.
Fit the child seat in a rear
seat wherever possible.
Check that when installing
the child seat in the vehicle
it is not at risk of coming loose from
its base.
If you have to remove the headrest,
check that it is correctly stored so
that it does not come loose under
harsh braking or impact.
Always attach the child seat to the
vehicle even if it is not in use so that
it does not come loose under harsh
braking or impact.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.57
ENG_UD57705_1
Sécurité enfants : installation du siège enfant (X10 - Renault)
In the rear side seat
A carrycot can be installed across the
vehicle and will take up at least two
seats. Position the child with his or her
feet nearest the door.
Move the front seat as far forward as
possible to install a rear-facing child
seat, then move back the seat in front
as far as it will go, although without al-
lowing it to come into contact with the
child seat.
For the safety of the child in the for-
ward-facing seat, do not move the seat
in front back past the middle of the
runner, do not tilt the seatback too far
(maximum of 25°) and raise the seat as
much as possible.
Always remove the headrest from the
rear seat on which the child seat is
positioned. 3.22. If necessary, posi-
tion the rear seat as far back as pos-
sible. This must be done before fitting
the child seat. Check that the child seat
is resting against the back of the rear
seat.
Make sure the child seat or
the child’s feet do not pre-
vent the front seat from
locking correctly. 1.34.
A child seat with a floor sup-
port must never be installed
on the rear centre seat.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY.
Rear centre seat
Check that the belt is suitable for se-
curing your child seat. Consult an ap-
proved dealer.
CHILD SAFETY: fitting a child seat: general information (2/2)
When fitting a child seat
(Group 2 or 3 booster seat),
check that the seat belts
operate (wind) correctly
1.36. If necessary, adjust the posi-
tion of the vehicle seat.
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child safety............................................(up to the end of the DU)
child seats.............................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
transporting children .............................(up to the end of the DU)
1.58
ENG_UD58240_1
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de sécurité (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (1/3)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the regula-
tions in force are respected.
Five-seater version
Type of child seat Weight of the child
Front passenger seat
Rear side
seats
Rear centre
seat
Without airbag
or with airbag
deactivated
With airbag
activated
C a r r y c o t fi t t e d
across the vehicle
Group 0
< 10 kg X X U (2) U (2)
Rear-facing shell
seat
Groups 0 or 0 +
< 10 kg and < 13 kg U (1) (5) X U (3) U (3) (6)
Shell seat/rear-facing
seat
Groups 0+ and 1
< 13 kg and 9 to 18 kg U (1) (5) X U (3) U (3) (6)
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
9 to 18 kg X U (5) U (4) U (4) (6)
Booster seat
Groups 2 and 3
15 to 25 kg and 22 to
36 kg
X U (5) U (4) U (4)
(1) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a rear-facing child seat in this seat, make sure that the front
passenger airbag has been deactivated. 1.64.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.59
ENG_UD58240_1
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de sécurité (X10 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (2/3)
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats of this type.
U = Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be installed using a seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
(2) A carrycot can be installed across the vehicle and will take up at least two seats. Position the child with his or her feet nearest
the door.
(3) If necessary, position the vehicle seat as far back as possible. In order to install a rear-facing child seat, move the front seat
as far forward as possible, then move the front seat back as far as it will go, without allowing it to come into contact with the
child seat.
(4) In all situations, remove the rear headrest of the seat on which the child seat is positioned. This must be done before fitting the
child seat. 3.22. Move the seat in front of the child forwards, move the seatback forward to avoid contact between the seat
and the child’s legs.
(5) Raise the seat to the maximum and position it as far back as possible, tilting the seatback slightly (approximately 25°).
(6) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY: a child seat with a floor support must never be fitted.
1.60
ENG_UD58240_1
Sièges enfant : fixation par ceinture de sécurité (X10 - Renault)
Using a child safety system
which is not approved for
this vehicle will not correctly
protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
CHILD SEATS: attachment by seat belt (3/3)
³ Check the status of the airbag
before fitting a child seat or allowing a
passenger to use the seat.
²
Seat not suitable for fitting
child seats.
Child seat attached using the belt
¬ Seat which allows a child seat
with “Universal” approval to be attached
by a seat belt.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY: before
fitting a rear-facing child
seat in this seat, make sure
that the front passenger airbag has
been deactivated. 1.64.
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child safety............................................(up to the end of the DU)
child seats.............................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
transporting children .............................(up to the end of the DU)
towing rings ..........................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.61
ENG_UD61185_2
sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X10 - Renault)
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the isofix system (1/3)
²
Seat which does not allow a
child seat to be fitted.
Using a child safety system
which is not approved for
this vehicle will not correctly
protect the baby or child.
They risk serious or even fatal injury.
RISK OF DEATH OR
SERIOUS INJURY:
before fitting a rear facing
child seat on the front pas-
senger seat, check that the airbag
has been deactivated 1.64.
Fit the child seat in a rear
seat wherever possible.
To install an ISOFIX seat in
this seat, unbuckle the seat
belt by hand before engaging the
bolts.
Child seat fitted using the ISOFIX
mounting
ü Seat which allows an ISOFIX
child seat to be fitted.
± The rear seats are fitted with
an anchorage point which allows a
forward-facing ISOFIX child seat with
universal approval to be attached. The
anchoring points are located on the
passenger seatback for the front seat
and on the bench seatback for the rear
seats.
Fitting a seat ISOFIX in
the rear-left seat means
the middle seat cannot be
used. The central seat belt
will no longer be either accessible or
useable.
1.62
ENG_UD61185_2
sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the isofix system (2/3)
The table below summarises the information already shown on the diagram on the previous page, to ensure the regula-
tions in force are respected.
Type of child seat
Weight of
the child
Seat size
ISOFIX
Front passenger seat
Rear side
seats
(depending on
the vehicle)
Rear centre
seat
(depending
on the
vehicle)
Without airbag
or with airbag
deactivated
With airbag
activated
C a r r y c o t fi t t e d
across the vehicle
Group 0
< 10 kg F, G X X IL (2) X
Rear-facing shell
seat
Groups 0 or 0 +
< 10 kg and
< 13 kg
E IL (1) (3) X IL (4) X
Shell seat/rear-facing
seat
Groups 0+ and 1
< 13 kg and 9 to
18 kg
C
IL (1) (3) X
X
X
D IL (4)
Forward-facing seat
Group 1
9 to 18 kg A, B, B1 X IUF - IL (3) IUF - IL (4) (5) X
Booster seat
Groups 2 and 3
15 to 25 kg and
22 to 36 kg
X IUF - IL (3) IUF - IL (4) (5) X
(1) RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY: before fitting a rear-facing child seat in this seat, make sure that the front
passenger airbag has been deactivated. 1.64.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.63
ENG_UD61185_2
sieges enfant : fixation par système isofix (X10 - Renault)
X = Seat not suitable for fitting child seats.
U = Seat which allows a child seat with “Universal” approval to be installed using a seat belt; check that it can be fitted.
IUF/IL = On equipped vehicles, seat which allows an approved “Universal/semi-universal” or vehicle specific” child seat to be at-
tached using the ISOFIX system; check that it can be fitted.
(2) A carrycot can be installed across the vehicle and will take up at least two seats. Position the child with his or her feet nearest
the door.
(3) Raise the seat to the maximum and position it as far back as possible, tilting the seatback slightly (approximately 25°).
(4) If necessary, position the vehicle seat as far back as possible. In order to install a rear-facing child seat, move the front seat
as far forward as possible, then move the front seat back as far as it will go, without allowing it to come into contact with the
child seat.
(5) In all situations, remove the rear headrest of the seat on which the child seat is positioned. This must be done before fitting the
child seat. 3.22. Move the seat in front of the child forwards, move the seatback forward to avoid contact between the seat
and the child’s legs.
The size of the ISOFIX child seat is indicated by a letter:
– A, B and B1: for forward-facing seats in group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
– C and D: shell seat or rear-facing seats in group 0+ (less than 13 kg) or group 1 (9 to 18 kg);
– E: rear-facing shell seats in group 0 (less than 10 kg) or 0+ (less than 13 kg);
– F and G: cots in group 0 (less than 10 kg).
CHILD SEATS: attachment using the isofix system (3/3)
air bag
deactivating the front passenger air bags ........(current page)
front passenger air bag deactivation .....................(current page)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
child safety............................................(up to the end of the DU)
child restraint/seat ................................(up to the end of the DU)
transporting children .............................(up to the end of the DU)
1.64
ENG_UD57706_1
Sécurité enfants : désactivation/activation airbag passager avant (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
deactivating, activating the front passenger airbag
CHILD SAFETY: deactivating, activating the front passenger airbag (1/3)
Deactivating the front
passenger airbag
Before installing a child seat on the
front passenger seat:
check that the child seat can be in-
stalled on this seat;
it is essential to deactivate the
airbagfor a rear-facing child seat.
To deactivate the airbag: with the
vehicle stationary and the ignition
switched off,push and turn lock 1 to
the OFF position.
With the ignition on, you must check
that the
warning light on the
central display 2 is correctly lit and, (de-
pending on the vehicle), that the mes-
sage “passenger airbag deactivated" is
displayed.
This light remains permanently lit to
let you know that you can fit a child
seat.
1
2
The passenger airbag must
only be activated or deacti-
vated when the vehicle is
stationary with the igni-
tion off.
If it is interfered with when the ve-
hicle is being driven, indicator lights
å and © will come on.
Switch the ignition off then on again
to reset the airbag in accordance
with the lock position.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.65
ENG_UD57706_1
Sécurité enfants : désactivation/activation airbag passager avant (X10 - Renault)
3
CHILD SAFETY: deactivating, activating the front passenger airbag (2/3)
The markings on the dashboard and
labels A on each side of the passen-
ger sun visor 3 (example: label shown
above) remind you of these instruc-
tions.
A
A
DANGER
Since operation of the front
passenger airbag is not
compatible with the po-
sition of a rear-facing child seat,
NEVER fit a rear-facing child re-
straint system in a seat protected
by an ACTIVATED front AIRBAG.
This can lead to the DEATH of the
CHILD or SERIOUS INJURY.
air bag
activating the front passenger air bags ............(current page)
1.66
ENG_UD57706_1
Sécurité enfants : désactivation/activation airbag passager avant (X10 - Renault)
CHILD SAFETY: deactivating, activating the front passenger airbag (3/3)
Activating the front
passenger airbag
You should reactivate the airbag as
soon as you remove the child seat from
the front passenger seat to ensure the
protection of the front passenger in the
event of an impact.
To reactivate the airbag: with the
vehicle stationary, ignition off, push
and turn the lock 1 to the ON position.
With the ignition switched on, you must
check that warning light 2 on the dis-
play
is switched off and that the
indicator light
appears on the
display after each start-up for approxi-
mately one minute. The front passen-
ger airbag is activated.
Operating faults
It is forbidden to fit a rear-facing child
seat to the front passenger seat if the
airbag activation/deactivation system is
faulty.
Allowing any other passenger to sit in
that seat is not recommended.
Contact your approved dealer as soon
as possible.
The passenger airbag must
only be activated or deacti-
vated when the vehicle is
stationary with the igni-
tion off.
If it is interfered with when the ve-
hicle is being driven, indicator lights
å and © will come on.
Switch the ignition off then on again
to reset the airbag in accordance
with the lock position.
1
2
DANGER
Since operation of the front
passenger airbag is not
compatible with the po-
sition of a rear-facing child seat,
NEVER fit a rear-facing child re-
straint system in a seat protected
by an ACTIVATED front AIRBAG.
This can lead to the DEATH of the
CHILD or SERIOUS INJURY.
rear view mirrors ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.67
ENG_UD57718_1
Rétroviseurs (X10 - Renault)
Rear view mirrors
REAR VIEW MIRRORS
Interior rear view mirror
Its position can be adjusted.
Rear view mirror with lever 2
When driving at night, to avoid being
dazzled by the headlights of the vehicle
behind, depress the little lever located
behind rear view mirror 2.
Rear view mirror without lever 2
The rear view mirror automatically dark-
ens when you are being followed by a
vehicle using main beam headlights or
in very bright lighting.
Door mirrors with electrical
adjustment:
Select the door mirror using switch 2,
then use button 1 to adjust it to the de-
sired position.
2
Objects observed in the
door mirror glass are actu-
ally closer than they appear.
For your safety, take this
into account in order to correctly
assess the distance before any ma-
noeuvre.
For safety reasons, carry
out any adjustments when
the vehicle is stationary.
Heated door mirrors
When the engine is started, mirror de-
icing is activated with the rear screen
de-icing/demisting.
Folding door mirrors
The door mirrors will fold-out automati-
cally when the vehicle is unlocked. The
door mirrors fold in when the vehicle is
locked.
In any case, you can force fold in or fold
out:
press switch 3 in position B to auto-
matically fold in the door mirrors;
press switch 3 in position A to auto-
matically fold out the door mirrors.
A
B
1
2
3
controls .................................................(up to the end of the DU)
dashboard.............................................(up to the end of the DU)
driver’s position ....................................(up to the end of the DU)
display ..................................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.68
ENG_UD57708_1
Poste de conduite à gauche (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Driving position
DRIVING POSITION: LEFT-HAND DRIVE (1/2)
1
2
4
5
8
13
1
15
16
22
21
7
10
1211
8
14
20
24
23
9
3
3
17
18
19
6
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.69
ENG_UD57708_1
Poste de conduite à gauche (X10 - Renault)
DRIVING POSITION: LEFT-HAND DRIVE (2/2)
The equipment fitted, described below, DEPENDS ON THE VERSION AND COUNTRY.
1 Side air vent.
2 Stalk:
direction indicator lights;
exterior lights;
front fog lights;
rear fog lights.
3 Speakers.
4 Instrument panel.
5 Steering wheel, driver’s airbag loca-
tion, horn.
6 Controls for:
on-board computer information
read-out and vehicle settings
customisation menu,
remote radio and navigation
system.
7 Windscreen wiper/washer stalk.
8 Centre air vents.
9 Engine start/stop button.
10 Multimedia or radio screen.
11 Controls for:
front seat heating;
activation/deactivation, depend-
ing on the vehicle, of the ECO
mode;
hazard warning lights;
electric door locking;
activation/deactivation of the
Park Assist system.
12 Air-conditioning control.
13 Passenger airbag location.
14 Glove compartment
15 Accessories and multimedia sock-
ets.
16 Hands-free card holder
17 Gearstick.
18 Charging zone/telephone storage
19 Controls for:
activating/deactivating the elec-
tronic parking brake;
activation/deactivation of the
function autohold.
20 Control for adjusting steering wheel
height and reach.
21 Cruise control/speed limiter controls
and main switch.
22 Bonnet release control.
23 Controls for:
heated steering wheel;
activation/deactivation and se-
lection of pedestrian warning
noise.
24 Controls for:
activation/deactivation of Lane
Keeping Assist/Lane Departure
Warning.
headlight beam height remote
adjustment;
lighting dimmer for control in-
struments;
unlock the charging flap and the
charging socket.
controls .................................................(up to the end of the DU)
driver’s position ....................................(up to the end of the DU)
dashboard.............................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.70
ENG_UD58735_1
Poste de conduite direction à droite (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
DRIVING POSITION: RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (1/2)
4
12
13
3
22
20
19
23
10
11
6
9
24
21
1
1
5 7
6
8
14
15
1617
18
2
2
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.71
ENG_UD58735_1
Poste de conduite direction à droite (X10 - Renault)
DRIVING POSITION: RIGHT-HAND DRIVE (2/2)
The equipment fitted, described below, DEPENDS ON THE VERSION AND COUNTRY.
1 Side air vent.
2 Speakers.
3 Passenger airbag location.
4 Air-conditioning control.
5 Controls for:
front seat heating;
activation/deactivation, depend-
ing on the vehicle, of the ECO
mode;
hazard warning lights;
electric door locking;
activation/deactivation of the
Park Assist system.
6 Centre air vents.
7 Multimedia or radio screen.
8 Engine start/stop button.
9 Stalk:
direction indicator lights;
exterior lights;
front fog lights;
rear fog lights.
10 Cruise control/speed limiter controls
and main switch.
11 Steering wheel, driver’s airbag loca-
tion, horn.
12 Instrument panel.
13 Windscreen wiper/washer stalk.
14 Controls for:
activation/deactivation of Lane
Keeping Assist/Lane Departure
Warning;
headlight beam height remote
adjustment;
lighting dimmer for control in-
struments;
unlock the charging flap and the
charging socket.
15 Controls for:
heated steering wheel;
activation/deactivation and se-
lection of pedestrian warning
noise.
16 Controls for:
on-board computer information
read-out and vehicle settings
customisation menu,
remote radio and navigation
system.
17 Control for adjusting steering wheel
height and reach.
18 Gearstick.
19 Charging zone/telephone storage
20 Controls for:
activating/deactivating the elec-
tronic parking brake;
activation/deactivation of the
function autohold.
21 Hands-free card holder
22 Accessories and multimedia sock-
ets.
23 Glove compartment
24 Bonnet release control.
display ..................................................(up to the end of the DU)
warning lights........................................(up to the end of the DU)
driver’s position ....................................(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
control instruments ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
indicators:
instrument panel .............................(up to the end of the DU)
lights:
fog lights ..........................................................(current page)
lights:
dipped beam headlights ...................................(current page)
lights:
direction indicators ...........................................(current page)
lights:
main beam headlights ......................................(current page)
1.72
ENG_UD61200_2
Témoins lumineux (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Warning lights
WARNING LIGHTS (1/3)
The © warning light means
you should drive very carefully to
an approved dealer as soon as pos-
sible. If you fail to follow this recom-
mendation, you risk damaging your
vehicle.
A
å
Indicator lightAirbag
This comes on when the igni-
tion is switched on and goes out after a
few seconds.
If it does not light up when the ignition
is switched on, or if it lights up when the
engine is running, it indicates a fault in
the system.
Contact your approved Dealer as soon
as possible.
Handbrake or assisted park-
ing brake warning light
2.8.
System warning light
AUTOHOLD 2.60
In some cases, the appearance of a
warning light is accompanied by a mes-
sage.
Side light tell-tale light
k
Dipped beam headlight tell-
tale light
á
Main beam headlight tell-tale
light
Automatic main beam head-
light indicator light 1.96
Rear fog light tell-tale light
c
Left-hand direction indicator
tell-tale light
b
Right-hand direction indica-
tor tell-tale light
If no lights or sounds are ap-
parent, this indicates a fault
in the instrument panel. This
indicates that it is essential
to stop immediately (as soon as traf-
fic conditions allow). Ensure that the
vehicle is correctly immobilised and
contact an approved Dealer.
The ® warning light
requires you to stop imme-
diately, for your own safety,
as soon as traffic conditions
allow. Switch off the engine and
do not restart it. Call an approved
Dealer.
1
The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Instrument panel A: this comes on
when the driver's door is opened. Press
or lift the 1 switch as many times as re-
quired to adjust the intensity.
seat belts ...............................................................(current page)
speed limiter ..........................................................(current page)
cruise control .........................................................(current page)
battery....................................................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.73
ENG_UD61200_2
Témoins lumineux (X10 - Renault)
WARNING LIGHTS (2/3)
®
STOP light
This lights up when the ignition
is switched on and goes out as soon as
the engine is started. It comes on with
other warning lights and/or messages,
and is accompanied by a beep.
It requires you to stop immediately, for
your own safety, as soon as traffic con-
ditions allow. Switch off the engine and
do not restart it.
Contact an approved Dealer.
©
Warning light
This lights up when the ignition
is switched on and goes out as soon as
the engine is started. It can light up in
conjunction with other warning lights
and/or messages on the instrument
panel.
It means you should drive very care-
fully to an approved dealer as soon as
possible. If you fail to follow this recom-
mendation, you risk damaging your ve-
hicle.
Warning light
If it appears in red during driv-
ing and is accompanied by the
®
indicator light, you must, for your safety,
stop as soon as traffic conditions allow.
Switch off the engine and do not restart
it.
Call an approved Dealer.
If it appears in yellow during driving and
is accompanied by the
© warn-
ing light, visit an approved dealer as
soon as possible. Meanwhile, drive
with care. If you fail to follow this rec-
ommendation, you risk damaging your
vehicle.
D
Brake circuit fault warning
light
If it comes on during braking and is ac-
companied by the
® warning light
and a beep, it indicates that the fluid
level in the circuit is low or that there is
a braking system fault. Stop as soon as
traffic conditions allow and consult an
approved dealer.
The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
U
Variable power-assisted
steering warning light
It lights up when the ignition or the
engine is switched on and goes off after
a few seconds.
If it comes on while driving, alongside
the warning light
®, this means
there is a system fault.
Contact an authorised dealer.
ß
Front seat belt reminder
warning light
It lights up on the central display when
the engine is started and, if the driv-
er’s seat belt is not fastened, the light
flashes and a beep sounds for about
two minutes when the vehicle reaches
a speed of approximately 12 mph
(20 km/h).
Ú
Secondary 12 V battery
charge warning light
If it comes on together with the
®
warning light and a beep, this means
that the electrical circuit is overcharged
or discharged.
1.74
ENG_UD61200_2
Témoins lumineux (X10 - Renault)
Electrotechnical system
warning light
If it lights up while driving, this means
there is an electrotechnical fault in the
“400 Volt” electrical circuit. Please see
an authorised dealer as soon as pos-
sible.
Traction battery gauge indi-
cator light
This lights up in yellow when the trac-
tion battery charge level has reached
the reserve threshold 1.75.
ECO mode function light
This lights up when the function is ac-
tivated.
Charging programme indi-
cator lights 1.18
Warning lights for air condi-
tioning programming 3.11
Limited engine performance
warning light
This illuminates when the traction bat-
tery is low. It warns you in the event of
limited engine performance.
WARNING LIGHTS (3/3)
Warning light for the elec-
tronic stability program
(ESC) and traction control system
There are several reasons for the warn-
ing light to appear: 2.28.
Warning light for non-availa-
bility of the electronic stabil-
ity program (ESC) and traction con-
trol system
Tyre pressure monitoring
system 2.18
Overspeed warning light
1.75
Ð Ï
Cruise control and
speed limiter indica-
tor lights 2.51 2.55
Lane departure system
warning light 2.33
Warning light to indicate a
fault or non-availability of
active emergency braking 2.21
Door status warning light
x
Anti-lock braking warning
light
This lights up when the ignition is
switched on and goes out after a few
seconds.
If it does not go out after the ignition is
switched on, or lights up when driving,
there is a fault with the ABS. Braking
will then be as normal, without the ABS.
Contact an approved Dealer as soon as
possible.
Electrotechnical system
warning light
When the warning light comes on, this
indicates that the traction battery tem-
perature is too low or that the engine or
traction battery temperature is too high.
Opt for a calmer driving style.
The warning light can lead to a drop
in vehicle performance.
If it comes on when you start the vehi-
cle, this indicates a fault in the second-
ary 12 V battery.
The presence and operation of the warning lights DEPEND ON THE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
display ..................................................(up to the end of the DU)
indicators:
instrument panel .............................(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
control instruments ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
energy consumption .............................(up to the end of the DU)
1.75
ENG_UD57711_1
Afficheurs et indicateurs (X10 - Renault)
Displays and indicators
DISPLAYS AND INDICATORS (1/3)
A
Instrument panel A
lights up when the driver’s door is
opened. In some cases, the appear-
ance of a warning light is accompanied
by a message.
Depending on the vehicle, you can cus-
tomise your instrument panel with the
content and colours of your choice.
For vehicles fitted with a multimedia
screen, refer to the equipment instruc-
tions.
For vehicles not fitted with a multimedia
screen 1.87.
Speedometer 1
Vehicle speed is limited to approxi-
mately 80 mph (135 km/h).
Overspeed buzzer
Depending on the vehicle and country,
the
warning light is displayed
and a beep sounds. This beep sounds
as soon as the vehicle is travelling at
over 75 mph (120 km/h).
This warning light remains lit for as long
as the vehicle is travelling at over
74 mph (120 km/h).
Multimedia information 2
Depending on the vehicle, you can dis-
play information from the multimedia
screen (the compass, telephone, navi-
gation etc.).
Please refer to the multimedia instruc-
tions for further information.
Message indicating vehicle ready
for driving 3
The READY message appears when
the engine starts and disappears when
the vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph
(5 km/h).
Charge meter 4 2.13
Driving style indicator 5 2.13
Total mileage recorder 6 1.80
Trip computer 7 1.78
Estimated range 8.
1
4
7
6
2
8
5
3
charge meter .........................................................(current page)
1.76
ENG_UD57711_1
Afficheurs et indicateurs (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
DISPLAYS AND INDICATORS (2/3)
11
9
Remaining charge time 10
Traction battery charge rate 11
Opening element warning light 12
Shows when a door, the tailgate or
charging flap is open or not closed
properly.
Reserve threshold
When the traction battery charge
reaches approximately 7% or, depend-
ing on the vehicle, approximately 12%,
the gauge and indicator light 9
appear in yellow, accompanied by a
beep.
To optimise your range 2.16.
Immobilisation threshold imminent
When the charge level reaches 4.5%
or, depending on the vehicle, approxi-
mately 6%, a beep is heard and the
gauge illuminates in red.
When the charge level reaches 3.5%
or, depending on the vehicle, approxi-
mately 5%, the range value is no longer
displayed. Engine performance gradu-
ally decreases until the vehicle comes
to a halt 5.23.
Charge level 13
The gauge indicates the level of energy
remaining.
Charging cord “Plugged In” warning
light 14
This comes on when the charging cord
is plugged into the vehicle.
13
14
10
12
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.77
ENG_UD57711_1
Afficheurs et indicateurs (X10 - Renault)
20
Instrument panel in miles
(option to switch to km/h)
Vehicles not fitted with a multimedia
screen
With the ignition off, press the 17
switch as many times as required to
reach the vehicle tab 20;
press 18 or 19 repeatedly to access
“Settings”, then press 16 “OK”;
repeat the same operation to access
"DASHBOARD", then "Units".
Vehicles fitted with a multimedia
screen.
With the vehicle stationary and the
engine running, from the multimedia
screen, select the “Settings” menu, the
“System” tab, then “Units”.
Note: in both cases, once the battery
is switched off, the on-board computer
automatically returns to the original unit
of measurement.
To return to the previous mode, repeat
the same operation.
Please refer to the multimedia instruc-
tions for more information.
17
18
16
DISPLAYS AND INDICATORS (3/3)
19
trip computer and warning system........(up to the end of the DU)
control instruments ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
indicators:
instrument panel .............................(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
warning lights........................................(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel messages..................(up to the end of the DU)
1.78
ENG_UD62067_2
Ordinateur de bord : généralités (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Trip computer
TRIP COMPUTER: general information (1/2)
A
1
2
3
4
Trip computer A
Depending on the vehicle, this includes
the following functions:
distance travelled;
journey settings;
information messages;
operating fault messages (con-
nected to the
© warning light);
warning messages (connected to the
® warning light);
vehicle settings customisation menu
1.87.
All these functions are described on the
following pages.
Press the 1 switch to browse between
menus and select functions by repeat-
edly pressing switch 2 or 3, then if nec-
essary use the 4 switch to confirm “OK”.
From the vehicle tab:
a) journey settings:
average energy consumption
since the last reset and current
energy consumption;
distance travelled since the last
reset and average speed.
b) reset the tyre pressure;
c) time (depending on the vehicle);
d) service interval;
e) only when stationary, vehicle set-
tings customisation menu 1.87.
From the message tab:
f) trip log, operating faults and informa-
tion message readout.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.79
ENG_UD62067_2
Ordinateur de bord : généralités (X10 - Renault)
TRIP COMPUTER: general information (2/2)
Resetting the journey
parameters (reset button)
With one of the trip parameters se-
lected as the display, press and hold
the 4 switchOK until the display
resets to zero.
Automatic resetting of the
journey parameters
Resetting occurs automatically when
the maximum value of any of the pa-
rameters is exceeded.
Reading energy consumption
values
Some vehicle equipment items con-
sume energy: the energy consumed
by the vehicle may therefore differ from
the energy consumed on the electric
counter.
Interpreting some of the
values displayed after
resetting
Average energy consumption and
speed are all the more stable and
meaningful the greater the distance
travelled since the last reset.
Resetting the estimated
range
After a full recharge of the traction bat-
tery, you can select two types of reset-
ting: manual or automatic.
Some on-board computer infor-
mation appears on the navigation
system display.
The trip settings mileage recorder
is reset simultaneously in the on-
board computer and the navigation
system.
Manual reset
Select one of the trip settings, press and
hold switch 4 OK to reset the range.
Automatic reset
The range is automatically reset at the
end of a full recharge of the traction
battery to a value calculated based on
the energy consumption over the last
125 miles (200 km).
4
instrument panel messages..................(up to the end of the DU)
trip computer and warning system........(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.80
ENG_UD62068_2
Ordinateur de bord : paramètres de voyage (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: journey parameters (1/4)
Examples of selections Interpreting the display selected
Consumption
a) Trip settings.
Current energy consumption.
+ 42
kW
Average energy consumption.
The value is displayed after having travelled at least 400 metres since
the last reset.
3,8
kWh/100
Journey
Average speed since the last reset.
The value is displayed after driving 400 metres.
42,2
km/h
1284,7
Distance travelled since the last reset.
km
The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.81
ENG_UD62068_2
Ordinateur de bord : paramètres de voyage (X10 - Renault)
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: journey parameters (2/4)
The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Examples of selections Interpreting the display selected
b) Tyre pressure reset 2.18
+ Tyre pressure
12:00
c) Clock
1.82
ENG_UD62068_2
Ordinateur de bord : paramètres de voyage (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: journey parameters (3/4)
Examples of selections Interpreting the display selected
Service in
d) Service interval.
Distance remaining until the next service (displayed in miles/kilome-
tres), then when the service nears, several scenarios are possible:
range less than 930 miles (1,500 km) or one month: the message
“Service in” is displayed accompanied by the distance or the time;
when a service is due, the message “Service due” is displayed ac-
companied by the nearest term (distance or time);
range equal to 0 miles (0 km) or date of service reached: the
message Service Required” is displayed accompanied by the
warning light
©.
The vehicle requires a service as soon as possible.
1,210 miles
or 3 months
Resetting the display after the service in accordance with the maintenance schedule.
The service interval must only be reset after a service which complies with the recommendations in the maintenance schedule.
Special note: To reset the service interval, press and hold one of the display reset buttons for approximately 10 seconds until
the display shows the mileage permanently.
The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.83
ENG_UD62068_2
Ordinateur de bord : paramètres de voyage (X10 - Renault)
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: journey parameters (4/4)
The display of information shown below DEPENDS ON THE VEHICLE EQUIPMENT AND COUNTRY.
Examples of selections Interpreting the display selected
Settings
(OK)
e) Vehicle settings personalisation menu 1.87.
Tailgate open
f) Trip log.
Successive display:
information messages;
operating fault messages.
instrument panel messages..................(up to the end of the DU)
trip computer and warning system........(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.84
ENG_UD62069_2
Ordinateur de bord : messages d’information (X10 - Renault)
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: information messages
Examples of messages Interpreting the display selected
“Disconnect cable to start” Indicates that the charging cord is still plugged into the vehicle.
“Parking Brake ON” Indicates that the parking brake has been applied.
“Steering not locked” Indicates that the steering column has not been locked.
“Check connections”
Unplug, then plug in the vehicle.
If the message still shows, this may be caused by the external charging conditions
or by the home installation.
“Check charging station”
Indicates a possible electrical fault or a defective charging cable: change the charg-
ing terminal or location or have the cable checked.
“Power cut while charging”
Indicates an electrical fault while charging. Restart charging.
If this does not work, have the electrical installation checked.
“Charging refused no contract” Charging prohibited by your battery rental organisation. Rectify the situation.
These can help in the vehicle starting phase, or give information about a selection or a driving status.
Examples of information messages are given in the following pages.
operating faults .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel messages..................(up to the end of the DU)
trip computer and warning system........(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.85
ENG_UD57715_1
Ordinateur de bord : messages d’anomalie de fonctionnement (X10 - Renault)
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: operating fault messages
These appear with the © warning light and mean that you should drive very carefully to an authorised dealer as
soon as possible. If you fail to follow this recommendation, you risk damaging your vehicle.
They disappear when the display selection key is pressed or after several seconds and are stored in the computer log. The
©
warning light stays on. Examples of operating fault messages are given in the following pages.
Examples of messages Interpreting the display selected
«WARNING: Check Airbag» Indicates a fault in the restraint system in addition to the seat belts. In the event of an
accident, it is possible that they may not be triggered.
«Check vehicle» Indicates a fault on one of the pedal sensors or in the 12 V battery management
system.
«WARNING: Check Braking System» Indicates wear or the need to check the braking system.
«Check Vehicle plug» Indicates overheating at the vehicle-side charging socket. Wait for about 20 minutes
and try again. If this does not work, contact an authorised dealer.
«Check Electric System» Indicates a fault in the traction system.
«Battery charging impossible» Indicates a fault on the traction battery recharge system.
instrument panel messages..................(up to the end of the DU)
trip computer and warning system........(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.86
ENG_UD62070_2
Ordinateur de bord : messages d’alerte (X10 - Renault)
TRIP COMPUTER AND WARNING SYSTEM: warning message
These appear with the ® warning light and require you to stop immediately, for your own safety, as soon as traffic
conditions allow. Stop your engine and do not restart it. Call an approved Dealer.
Examples of warning messages are given in the following pages. Note: the messages appear on the display either individually
or alternately (when there are several messages to be displayed), and may be accompanied by a warning light and/or a beep.
Examples of messages Interpreting the display selected
«WARNING: Braking System» Indicates a fault in the braking system.
«WARNING: Power Steering» Indicates a fault in the steering.
«Electric motor failure» Indicates that the vehicle is losing power.
«WARNING: Electric System» Indicates a fault in the electric system.
“ Puncture “ Indicates that at least one wheel is punctured or severely underinflated.
“Apply brakes” Follow these instructions: risk of damage to the engine.
menu for customising the vehicle settings (up to the end of the DU)
customising the vehicle settings ...........(up to the end of the DU)
customised vehicle settings ..................(up to the end of the DU)
configuration menu ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ....................................................................(current page)
multimedia equipment ...........................................(current page)
settings .................................................(up to the end of the DU)
settings
configuration menu .........................(up to the end of the DU)
windscreen washer/wiper ......................................(current page)
locking the doors ...................................................(current page)
central door locking ...............................................(current page)
doors......................................................................(current page)
lighting:
see-me-home ...................................................(current page)
1.87
ENG_UD58474_1
Menu de personnalisation des réglages du véhicule (X10 - Renault)
vehicle settings customisation menu
VEHICLE SETTINGS CUSTOMISATION MENU (1/3)
Depending on the vehicle equipment,
this function allows you to activate/de-
activate and adjust some of the vehi-
cle’s functions.
Vehicles fitted with a
multimedia screen.
Accessing the settings menu
With the vehicle stationary, engine run-
ning, from the multimedia screen 1
select the “Settings menu, then the
“Vehicle” tab then the “Car configura-
tion” menu to access the various set-
tings.
1
For safety reasons, carry
out any adjustments when
the vehicle is not being
driven.
d) “Welcome”:
External welcome;
Automatic fold-out of mirrors;
Interior welcome;
Courtesy light auto mode.
Depending on the function, select:
– “ON” or “OFFto activate or deacti-
vate;
or
– a duration to adjust the time the lights
are switched on (e.g. for the “Follow-
me-home lighting” function).
Please refer to the multimedia instruc-
tions for further information.
Adjusting the settings
Select a tab then the function to be
modified (the display depends on the
vehicle equipment and country):
a) “Driving”:
Indicator volume.
b) “Access”:
Release driver’s door;
Lock doors during driving;
Opening/closing in hands-free
mode;
Remote locking/Approach unlock-
ing;
Distance locking sound;
Silent mode;
Automatic locking.
c) “Wiping and lighting”:
Follow-me-home lighting;
Wiping in reverse;
Automatic front wiping;
Wipe after wash.
instrument panel ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving aids ...........................................(up to the end of the DU)
daytime running lights............................................(current page)
trip computer and warning system.........................(current page)
windscreen washer/wiper ......................................(current page)
locking the doors ...................................................(current page)
central door locking ...............................................(current page)
doors......................................................................(current page)
driving ....................................................................(current page)
lighting:
see-me-home ...................................................(current page)
parking distance control........................(up to the end of the DU)
1.88
ENG_UD58474_1
Menu de personnalisation des réglages du véhicule (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
VEHICLE SETTINGS CUSTOMISATION MENU (2/3)
Vehicles not fitted with a
multimedia screen
Accessing the settings menu on
display 2
With the vehicle stationary, press
switch 3 as many times as required to
reach the “Vehicle” tab. Press repeat-
edly on the 4 or 5 switch to access the
“Settings” menu, then confirm by press-
ing 6 “OK”.
Adjusting the settings
Navigate using the 4 or 5 control to
select the function to be modified and
press 6 “OK” to confirm (display may
vary according to vehicle equipment
and country):
a) “DASHBOARD”:
Language;
Unit;
Style;
Colour.
b) “VEHICLE”:
Rear windscreen wiping in re-
verse gear;
Automatic windscreen wiping;
Front/rear drip wiping function;
Exterior welcome.
c) “PARKING ASSIST”:
Beep volume.
2
d) “DRIVING ASSIST”:
Lane departure warning sound
volume;
Lane departure warning sensitiv-
ity;
Lane departure warning vibration;
Lane keeping assist sensitivity;
Blind spot warning;
Active braking;
Speed warning.
e) “LIGHTING”:
Courtesy light auto mode;
Automatic follow-me-home light-
ing;
Follow-me-home lighting: XX sec-
onds.
f) “ACCESS”:
Lock doors during driving;
Opening/closing in hands-free
mode;
Unlock the driver’s door only;
Automatic re-locking;
Silent locking;
Automatic opening/closing;
Automatic mirror fold-out.
g) “RESET”.
= function activated
< function deactivated
3
4
5
6
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.89
ENG_UD58474_1
Menu de personnalisation des réglages du véhicule (X10 - Renault)
Once a line has been selected, press 6
“OK" to adjust the function.
If you select either “PARKING ASSIST”
thenVOLUME”, orDASHBOARD
then “LANGUAGE”, you will have to
make a further selection (sound volume
of the parking distance control or in-
strument panel language). In this case,
make your selection and confirm it by
pressing 6 “OK”, the selected value is
shown by a
= in front of the line.
The vehicle settings personalisation
menu cannot be used when driving.
When driving, the instrument panel
display switches automatically to
trip computer.
To exit the menu, press 4 or 5 to access
“BACK and confirm by pressing 6
“OK”. It may be necessary to carry out
this operation more than once.
VEHICLE SETTINGS CUSTOMISATION MENU (3/3)
2
3
4
5
6
clock .....................................................(up to the end of the DU)
clock .....................................................(up to the end of the DU)
external temperature ............................(up to the end of the DU)
indicators:
exterior temperature indicator ..........................(current page)
1.90
ENG_UD57717_1
Heure et température extérieure (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Clock and outdoor temperature
CLOCK AND EXTERIOR TEMPERATURE (1/2)
Set the hour using control 2 or 3, then
press switch 4 OK to confirm.
Set the minutes using control 2 or 3,
then press switch 4 “OK” to confirm.
Setting the time
Vehicles not fitted with a multimedia
screen
Press the switch 1 as many times as re-
quired to reach the “Vehicle” tab.
Repeatedly press control 2 or 3 to set
the 5 clock.
Press and hold switch 4 “OK” until the
time display flashes.
9°C 12:00
5
2
3
1
4
6
Vehicles fitted with a multimedia
screen
The time and exterior temperature are
displayed on the multimedia screen 6.
Please refer to the multimedia instruc-
tions for further information.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.91
ENG_UD57717_1
Heure et température extérieure (X10 - Renault)
External temperature
indicator
As ice formation is related
to climatic exposure, local
air humidity and temperature, the
external temperature alone is not
sufficient to detect ice.
External temperature
indicator
Special note:
When the outside temperature is – 3°C
to + 3°C, the °C characters flash (sig-
nalling a risk of ice on the road).
CLOCK AND EXTERIOR TEMPERATURE (2/2)
If the power supply is cut (battery
disconnected, supply wire cut, etc.),
the clock must be reset.
We recommend that you do not
adjust these settings while driving.
steering wheel
adjustment ......................................(up to the end of the DU)
heated steering wheel ...........................................(current page)
driving position
settings ............................................................(current page)
1.92
ENG_UD57707_1
Volant de direction (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Steering wheel heating
(depending on vehicle)
This function heats the steering
wheel 2.
Operating principle
When the temperature is reached, the
function regulates the temperature of
the heated areas for approximately
30 minutes and then switches off auto-
matically.
Steering wheel/Power-assisted steering
For safety reasons, only
adjust the steering wheel
when the vehicle is station-
ary.
1
Adjusting the steering wheel
height and depth
Lower the lever 1 and position the
steering wheel in the required position.
Then, raise the lever fully, beyond the
point of resistance to lock the steering
wheel.
Make sure that the steering wheel is
correctly locked.
3
Activating the function
With the ignition on, press switch 3, the
indicator light in the switch lights up.
Deactivating the function
- Automatic:
The function switches off automatically
after the regulation phase of approxi-
mately 30 minutes. The indicator light
in switch 3 goes out.
Note: if the function has switched off
automatically, press the switch 3 twice
to reactivate it.
If switch 3 is not pressed again, the
function will be reactivated the next
time the ignition is switched on.
- Manually:
To deactivate the function during the
regulation phase, press the switch 3.
The indicator light in switch 3 goes out.
STEERING WHEEL (1/2)
2
power-assisted steering.........................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.93
ENG_UD57707_1
Volant de direction (X10 - Renault)
Power-assisted steering
The variable power-assisted steering
system is equipped with an electronic
control system which alters the level of
assistance to suit the vehicle speed.
Steering is made easier during parking
manoeuvres (for added comfort) while
the force needed to steer increases
progressively as the speed rises (for
enhanced safety at high speeds).
Never switch off the igni-
tion when travelling down-
hill, and avoid doing so in
normal driving (assistance
is not provided).
Never leave the steering wheel on
full lock when the vehicle is station-
ary.
With the engine switched off, or if
there is a system fault, it is still pos-
sible to turn the steering wheel. The
force required will be greater.
A noise may be heard when the
steering wheel is moved quickly.
This is normal.
STEERING WHEEL (2/2)
warning buzzer .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
headlight flashers .................................(up to the end of the DU)
indicators ..............................................(up to the end of the DU)
lights:
hazard warning ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
lights:
direction indicators ..........................(up to the end of the DU)
indicators:
direction indicators ..........................(up to the end of the DU)
hazard warning lights signal .................(up to the end of the DU)
hazard warning lights signal .................(up to the end of the DU)
horn ......................................................(up to the end of the DU)
horn:
flash .................................................................(current page)
horn:
sounding the horn ............................................(current page)
horn .......................................................................(current page)
audible and visual signals.....................(up to the end of the DU)
1.94
ENG_UD57719_1
Avertisseurs sonore et lumineux (X10 - Renault)
Audible and visual signals
AUDIBLE AND VISUAL SIGNALS
A
1
Horn
Press steering wheel boss A.
Headlight flasher
Pull stalk 1 towards you to flash the
headlights.
Direction indicators
Move stalk 1 parallel to the steering
wheel and in the direction you are going
to turn it.
One-touch mode
When driving, it is possible that the
steering wheel may not be turned suf-
ficiently to return the stalk automatically
to its starting position.
In this case, briefly turn stalk 1 to the in-
termediate position, then release it: the
stalk returns to its original point and the
indicator light flashes three times.
é
Hazard warning lights
Press switch 2. This switch il-
luminates all four direction indicators
and the side-mounted indicator lights
simultaneously. It must only be used in
an emergency to warn drivers of other
vehicles that you have had to stop in
an area where stopping is prohibited or
unexpected or that you are obliged to
drive under special conditions.
Depending on the vehicle, the hazard
warning lights may come on automati-
cally under heavy deceleration. You can
switch them off by pressing switch 2.
2
pedestrian warning system ....................................(current page)
1.95
ENG_UD57720_1
Alarme sonore piétons (ZE voices) (X10 - Renault)
Pedestrian horn
PEDESTRIAN HORN
Electric vehicles are particularly quiet.
This system enables you to warn
people of your presence especially
pedestrians and cyclists.
The system is activated automatically
when the engine is started. The sound
triggers when the vehicle speed is be-
tween 1 and 20 mph.
Deactivating the system
With the engine running, press the
switch 1 to deactivate the function. The
indicator light 2 in switch 1 illuminates.
Activating the system
With the engine running, press the
switch 1 to activate the function. The in-
dicator light 2 in switch 1 goes out.
System activated:
it goes on standby automatically
when the vehicle speed is above ap-
proximately 20 mph (30 km/h);
The system is activated automati-
cally when the vehicle is being driven
at a speed below approximately
20 mph (30 km/h).
2
Warning noise selection
Keep the switch 1 depressed.
The various sounds will be played in
succession;
release the switch 1 on the sound of
your choice.
1
lighting:
exterior ............................................(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel ....................................................(current page)
lights:
side lights .........................................................(current page)
lights:
dipped beam headlights ...................................(current page)
hazard warning lights signal ..................................(current page)
signals and lights ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
lighting:
instrument panel ..............................................(current page)
daytime running lights............................................(current page)
1.96
ENG_UD57721_1
Éclairages et signalisations extérieurs (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Exterior lighting and signals
EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (1/6)
Before driving at night, check that the electrical equipment is operating
correctly and adjust the headlight beams (if your vehicle is not carrying
its normal load). As a general precaution, check that the lights are not ob-
scured (by dirt, mud, snow or objects being transported).
1
k
Dipped beam
headlights
Manual operation
Turn the ring 2 until the symbol is oppo-
site mark 3. This indicator light on the
instrument panel comes on.
Automatic operation
(depending on vehicle)
Turn ring 2 until the AUTO symbol is op-
posite mark 3: with the engine running,
the dipped beam headlights switch on
or off automatically depending on the
brightness of the light outside, without
any action on stalk 1.
2
If driving on the left in a left-hand
drive vehicle (or vice versa), drivers
must have the lights adjusted by an
authorised dealer for the duration of
the trip.
1
Side lights
Turn the ring 2 until the symbol
is opposite mark 3. This indicator light
on the instrument panel comes on.
Daytime running lights
The daytime running lights come on
automatically with no action on stalk 1
when the engine is started, and they go
off once the engine is switched off.
3
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.97
ENG_UD57721_1
Éclairages et signalisations extérieurs (X10 - Renault)
The main beam headlights come on au-
tomatically if:
exterior light is weak;
no other vehicles or lighting are de-
tected;
the vehicle speed is above approxi-
mately 25 mph (40 km/h).
If any of the above conditions are not
fulfilled, the system switches to dipped
beam headlights.
Note: make sure the windscreen is not
obscured (dirt, mud, snow, condensa-
tion etc.).
To activate automatic main beam
headlights:
Turn ring 2 until the AUTO symbol is op-
posite mark 3.
Warning light
comes on the in-
strument panel.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (2/6)
The system may encounter difficul-
ties under certain conditions, inclu-
ding:
extreme weather conditions (rain,
snow, fog, etc.);
obstruction in front of the wind-
screen or camera;
when a following or oncoming ve-
hicle has weak or hidden lighting;
incorrect settings for the front
headlights;
reflective systems;
...
á
Main beam headlights
With the engine running and
the dipped beam headlights lit, push
stalk 1. This indicator light on the instru-
ment panel comes on.
To return to the dipped headlight posi-
tion, pull the stalk 1 towards you again.
“Raise lights during driving”
function
When the main beam headlights are
activated, the “Raise lights during driv-
ing” function improves driver visibil-
ity by automatically raising the dipped
beam headlight and the main beam
headlights.
During deactivation of the main beam
headlights, the dipped beam headlights
return to their original position.
Automatic main beam
headlights
Depending on the vehicle, this system
switches the main beam headlights on
and off automatically. It uses a camera
located behind the interior rear-view
mirror to detect vehicles that are being
followed and those coming in the oppo-
site direction.
3
2
1
1.98
ENG_UD57721_1
Éclairages et signalisations extérieurs (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Operating faults
When the message “Check Automatic
Lighting appears on the instrument
panel, the system is deactivated.
Consult an approved dealer.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (3/6)
Using the portable naviga-
tion system at night in the
windscreen area below the
camera may disturb the op-
eration of the “automatic main beam
headlights” system (risk of reflection
on the windscreen).
The automatic main beam
headlights” system should
under no circumstances be
used to replace driver atten-
tion and responsibility with regard
to vehicle lighting and adapting to
light, visibility and traffic conditions.
Automatic main beam
headlights (continued)
To deactivate automatic main beam
headlights:
Turn ring 2 to a position other than
AUTO.
Warning light
goes out on the in-
strument panel.
Note: by pushing the stalk 1, the au-
tomatic main beam headlights function
will be deactivated, the warning light
will disappear from the instru-
ment panel and the vehicle will activate
the main beam headlights.
3
2
1
lights:
main beam headlights ......................................(current page)
warning buzzer ......................................................(current page)
see-me-home lighting ............................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.99
ENG_UD57721_1
Éclairages et signalisations extérieurs (X10 - Renault)
EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (4/6)
1
2
Lights-on reminder buzzer
If the lights are on after the engine is
switched off, a warning beep sounds
when the driver’s door is opened to
warn you that the lights are still on.
Operating faults
If the “Check lighting message ap-
pears with the
© warning light and
the
k warning light flashes on the
instrument panel, this indicates a light-
ing fault.
Consult an authorised dealer.
Switching off the lights
The lights will go out automatically
when the engine is switched off, the
driver's door is opened or the vehicle
is locked. In this case, the next time
the engine is started the lights will be
switched back on according to the posi-
tion of the ring 2.
Note: if the fog lights are lit, the lights
are not switched off automatically.
Welcome and goodbye
function
(depending on the vehicle)
Once the function is activated, the day-
time running lights and the rear side
lights will light up automatically upon
detection of the card or when the vehi-
cle is unlocked.
They switch off automatically:
approximately one minute after light-
ing up;
when starting the engine based on
the position of the lighting stalk;
or
upon locking the vehicle.
Activating/deactivating the
function
With the vehicle stationary, engine run-
ning, from the multimedia screen select
the “Settings” menu, “Vehicle” tab, the
“Car configuration” menu, “Welcome
then “External welcome”. Choose “ON”
or OFF” to activate or deactivate the
function.
1.100
ENG_UD57721_1
Éclairages et signalisations extérieurs (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
“See-me-home lighting”
function
This function enables you to briefly
switch on the side lights and dipped
beam headlights (e.g. to provide light
when opening a gate).
With the engine lights switched off,
the 2 ring in AUTO, pull the lever 1 to-
wards you: the side lights and dipped
beam headlights will switch on for ap-
proximately 30 seconds along with the
š and k on the instrument
panel.
To increase this duration, you may pull
the stalk up to four times (total time re-
stricted to approximately two minutes).
On the instrument panel, the message
“lighting on _ _ _” followed by the re-
maining time will appear as confirma-
tion. You can then lock your vehicle.
To switch off the lights before they go
out automatically, turn ring 2 to any po-
sition, then return it to position AUTO.
EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (5/6)
1
2
lights:
fog lights ..........................................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.101
ENG_UD57721_1
Éclairages et signalisations extérieurs (X10 - Renault)
EXTERIOR LIGHTING AND SIGNALS (6/6)
When driving in fog or snow, or
when transporting objects which are
higher than the roof, the headlights
do not come on automatically.
The driver remains in full control of
switching on the fog lights: the indi-
cator lights on the instrument panel
inform you whether the fog lights
are lit (indicator light on) or not (indi-
cator light off).
Rear fog light
Turn centre ring 4 on the stalk
until the symbol faces mark 3, then re-
lease it.
Operation of the fog lights depends on
the exterior lighting selected, and an in-
dicator light will light up on the instru-
ment panel.
To avoid inconveniencing other road
users, remember to switch off the rear
fog light when it is no longer needed.
Switching off the lights
Turn the centre ring 4 again until mark 3
is opposite the symbol for the fog lights
that you wish to switch off. The corre-
sponding indicator light on the instru-
ment panel goes out.
The front and rear fog lights switch off
when the exterior lights are switched
off.
Cornering lights
(depending on vehicle)
Driving in forward gear, whenever the
dipped beam headlights are on and
under certain conditions (at speed, the
steering wheel at an angle, the indica-
tor lights on, etc.), when taking a corner
one of the front fog lights will switch on
to light the inside of the bend.
In reverse, the two front fog lights
switch on automatically.
4
1
2 3
g
Front fog lights
Turn centre ring 4 on the
stalk 1 until the symbol faces mark 3,
then release it.
Operation of the fog lights depends on
the exterior lighting position selected,
and an indicator light will light up on the
instrument panel.
electric beam height adjustment ...........(up to the end of the DU)
see-me-home lighting ...........................(up to the end of the DU)
lights:
adjusting .........................................(up to the end of the DU)
lights
adjustment ......................................(up to the end of the DU)
signals and lights ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
headlight beam adjustment ..................(up to the end of the DU)
1.102
ENG_UD61186_2
Réglage électrique de la hauteur des faisceaux (X10 - Renault)
Headlight beam adjustment
HEADLIGHT BEAM ADJUSTMENT
If driving on the left in a left-hand drive vehicle (or vice versa), drivers must have
the lights adjusted by an authorised dealer for the duration of the trip.
Switch A is used to adjust the height of
the headlight beams according to the
load.
With the dipped beam headlights lit,
press or lift switch A as many times
as is necessary to select the required
position on the instrument panel. The
position selected is displayed on the
instrument panel for approximately
30 seconds.
Note: lights on, at each engine start-
up the selected position is displayed on
the instrument panel for approximately
30 seconds.
Examples of positions for
adjusting
control A according to the load
Driver alone or with front passenger 0
All seats occupied 1
Driver with passengers and luggage
(or load) reaching the maximum
permissible all-up weight
2
Driver without passengers and luggage
(or load) reaching the maximum
permissible all-up weight
3
* depending on the vehicle
The table below gives some examples. In all cases, adjust control A accord-
ing to the vehicle load so that the road can be seen and other drivers are not
dazzled.
A
wipers ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
windscreen washer/wiper .....................(up to the end of the DU)
windscreen washer ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
1.103
ENG_UD57723_1
Essuie-vitre / lave-vitre avant (X10 - Renault)
Special note
When driving the vehicle, the wiping
speed slows down whenever the ve-
hicle stops. For example, fast wiping
speed will slow to normal wiping speed.
As soon as the vehicle moves off,
wiping will return to the speed originally
selected.
If stalk 1 is operated, it overrides and
cancels the automatic function.
Washers, wipers
WINDSCREEN WASH, WIPE (1/5)
1
2
1
A
B
C
D
E
Vehicle fitted with intermittent
windscreen wipers
A single sweep
A short push will trigger one sweep
of the wipers.
B stop
C intermittent wiping
The wipers will pause for several
seconds between sweeps. It is
possible to change the time be-
tween sweeps by turning ring 2.
D slow continuous wiping
E fast continuous wiping
headlight washer ...................................................(current page)
1.104
ENG_UD57723_1
Essuie-vitre / lave-vitre avant (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Vehicle fitted with front
windscreen wiper rain sensor
The rain sensor is located on the winds-
creen, in front of the interior rear-view
mirror.
A single sweep
A short push will trigger one sweep
of the wipers.
B stop
WINDSCREEN WASH, WIPE (2/5)
1
A
B
C
D
E
2
F
1
G
C automatic wiper function
When this position is selected, the
system detects water on the wind-
screen and triggers the wipers at a
suitable wiping speed. It is possi-
ble to change the triggering thresh-
old and the time sweeps by turning
ring 2:
F : minimum sensitivity
G : maximum sensitivity
The higher the sensitivity, the quicker
the wipers will react and the faster
the wipe.
When activating automatic wiping or
when increasing sensitivity, one sweep
of the blades is performed.
Note:
the rain sensor is only intended as a
driving aid. In the event of reduced
visibility, the driver should manually
activate the wipers. In foggy weather
or during snowfalls, wiping is not au-
tomatically triggered and remains
under the driver’s control;
in the event of temperatures below
zero, automatic wiping is not acti-
vated when the vehicle is started. It
is automatically activated as soon as
the vehicle exceeds a certain speed
(approximately 5 mph (8 km/h));
do not activate automatic wiping in
dry weather;
fully de-ice the windscreen before
activating automatic wiping.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.105
ENG_UD57723_1
Essuie-vitre / lave-vitre avant (X10 - Renault)
WINDSCREEN WASH, WIPE (3/5)
Operating faults
In the event of a malfunction of the au-
tomatic wiping, the wiper is set to inter-
mittent wiping. Contact an authorised
dealer.
The operation of the rain sensor can be
disturbed in the event of:
damaged wiper blades; a screen
of water or traces left by a blade in
the sensor’s detection zone may in-
crease the response time of the au-
tomatic wiper, or increase the wiping
frequency;
a windscreen with any chip or crack
level with the sensor, or a wind-
screen covered in dust, dirt, insects,
ice, the use of washing wax and
water-repellent chemicals; the auto-
matic wiping will be less sensitive, or
even unresponsive.
Special note
When driving the vehicle, the wiping
speed slows down whenever the vehi-
cle stops. For example, fast wiping
speed will slow to normal wiping speed.
As soon as the vehicle moves off,
wiping will return to the speed originally
selected.
If stalk 1 is operated, it overrides and
cancels the automatic function.
Precautions
In the event of ice, check whether the
blades are stuck to the windscreen
before operating the wiping mecha-
nism. If you activate the wipers while
the blades are stuck down with ice,
you may risk damaging both the
blade and the wiper motor.
Do not activate the wipers on a dry
screen. This will lead to premature
wear or damage to the blades.
D slow continuous wiping
E fast continuous wiping
1
A
B
C
D
E
1.106
ENG_UD57723_1
Essuie-vitre / lave-vitre avant (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
WINDSCREEN WASH, WIPE (4/5)
Specific front wiper position
(service position)
This position enables the blades to be
lifted to remove them from the winds-
creen.
This can be useful:
to clean the blades;
to release the blades from the winds-
creen in winter;
replace the blades 5.21.
With the engine stopped or started, lift
the stalk twice 1 to position A (single
sweep). The blades stop slightly away
from the bonnet.
To return the blades to low position,
with the ignition on, ensure that the
wipers have folded down onto the wind-
screen, then move the stalk 1 to posi-
tion A (single sweep).
Before switching on the ignition,
place the wipers on the windscreen.
Otherwise, there may a risk of damage
to the bonnet or the wipers when they
are switched on.
Before any action involving
the windscreen (washing
the vehicle, de-icing,
cleaning the windscreen,
etc.) return stalk 1 to position B
(stop).
Risk of injury and/or damage.
In the event of obstacles on the
windscreen (dirt, snow, ice etc.),
clean the windscreen (including the
central area located behind the inte-
rior rear view mirror) before starting
the wipers (risk of motor overheat-
ing).
If an object is preventing a blade
from moving, it may stop functio-
ning. Remove the obstacle and
reactivate the wiper using the wiper
stalk.
1
A
B
C
D
E
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.107
ENG_UD57723_1
Essuie-vitre / lave-vitre avant (X10 - Renault)
WINDSCREEN WASH, WIPE (5/5)
Windscreen washer
With the ignition on, pull stalk 1 then
release.
A longer pull will trigger, in addition to
the windscreen washer, two sweeps
of the wipers followed, a few seconds
later, by a third.
On vehicles fitted with a multimedia
screen, you can choose to activate or
disable the third sweep of the blades.
1.87.
Note: in temperatures below zero, the
washer liquid may freeze on the wind-
screen, reducing visibility. Heat the
windscreen using the demister control
before cleaning.
Efficiency of a wiper blade
Check the condition of the wiper
blades. How long they last depends
on you:
it must remain clean: clean the
blade and the screen regularly
with soapy water;
do not use it when the screen is
dry;
free it from the screen when it has
not been used for a long time.
In all cases, replace it as soon as
it begins to lose efficiency: approxi-
mately once a year. 5.21.
Precaution for using the
wipers
In freezing or snowy weather
conditions, clear the screen
before starting the wipers (risk of
motor overheating);
ensure that no objects are ob-
structing the travel of the blade.
When working in the engine
compartment, ensure that
the windscreen wiper stalk
is in position B (stop).
Risk of injury.
1
A
B
C
D
E
screen wash/wipe .................................(up to the end of the DU)
windscreen washer ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
wipers ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
1.108
ENG_UD57724_1
Essuie-vitre / lave-vitre arrière (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
REAR SCREEN WASH, WIPE (1/2)
1
2 3
Efficiency of a wiper blade
Check the condition of the wiper
blades. How long they last depends
on you:
it must remain clean: clean the
blade and the screen regularly
with soapy water;
do not use it when the screen is
dry;
free it from the screen when it has
not been used for a long time.
In all cases, replace it as soon as
it begins to lose efficiency: approxi-
mately once a year. 5.21.
Precautions for using the
wipers
In freezing or snowy weather
conditions, clear the screen
before starting the wipers (risk of
motor overheating);
ensure that no objects are ob-
structing the travel of the blade.
To stop the operation, pivot ring 3 again.
Note: when washing using a roller
type car wash, return the ring 3 on the
stalk 1 to the stop position to deactivate
automatic wiping.
Follow usage recommendations.
Y
Rear screen wiper
With the ignition on, turn ring 3
on stalk 1 to align the symbol with
mark 2.
switching off
intermittent wiping
The wipers will pause for several
seconds between sweeps. Wiping
frequency varies with vehicle
speed;
slow continuous wiping
Do not use the wiper arm to open or
close the tailgate.
Before any action involving
the rear screen (washing
the vehicle, de-icing, clean-
ing, etc.) return stalk 1 to
the stop position.
Risk of injury and/or damage.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
1.109
ENG_UD57724_1
Essuie-vitre / lave-vitre arrière (X10 - Renault)
REAR SCREEN WASH, WIPE (2/2)
Activation/deactivation of the rear
screen wiper
Engaging reverse gear triggers inter-
mittent wiping (if the front wipers are in
operation). If your vehicle is equipped
with a vehicle settings customisation
menu, you can opt to activate or deacti-
vate this function. 1.87.
For vehicles not fitted with a settings
customisation menu, you can have this
function deactivated by an authorised
dealer.
In the event of obstacles present on the
rear window (dirt, snow, etc.), the wiper
will try to sweep away all the obstacles.
If an obstacle prevents the blade from
moving, it can be stopped. Remove the
obstacle, wait for around 30 seconds
and reactivate the wiper using the wiper
stalk.
Precautions
In the event of ice, check that the
blades are not stuck to the wind-
screen before operating the wipers.
If you activate the wiper while the
blade is blocked by ice, you risk dam-
aging both the blade and the wiping
motor.
Do not operate the wipers on a dry
screen. This will lead to the prema-
ture wear or damage to the blades.
p
Rear screen wash/wipe
With the ignition on, push and
hold stalk 1, then release.
Holding the stalk for longer will trigger
(in addition to the windscreen washer)
two sweeps of the wipers followed,
a few seconds later, by a third (drip
wiping function).
When the stalk is released, it returns to
the rear wipe position.
1
1.110
ENG_UD57681_1
Filler NU (X10 - Renault)
2.1
ENG_UD61939_2
Sommaire 2 (X10 - Renault)
Section 2: Driving
(Advice on use relating to fuel economy and the environment)
Starting, stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2
Gear control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5
Electronic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.12
Driving advice, Eco-driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.13
Vehicle range: advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16
Tyre pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.18
Active emergency braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21
Driving correction devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28
Lane departure warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.33
Lane Keeping Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.37
Blind spot warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.42
Detection of road signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.47
Speed limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.51
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.55
“AUTOHOLD” function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.60
Parking distance control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.61
Reversing camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.65
Assisted parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.67
starting ..................................................(up to the end of the DU)
starting the engine ................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
starting the engine ................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.2
ENG_UD57726_1
Démarrage (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Starting, stopping the engine
STARTING, STOPPING THE ENGINE (1/3)
Starting the engine
The card must be inserted in detection
zone 1.
To start
depress the brake pedal;
press button 2. The message
READY comes on, on the instrument
panel, along with a beep.
The message disappears when the
vehicle speed is above approximately
3.1 mph (5 km/h).
1
2
Special features
– If one of the starting conditions is not
applied, the message “Press Brake
+ START” is displayed on the instru-
ment panel;
in some cases, it will be necessary
to move the steering wheel whilst
pressing the start button 2 to help
unlock the steering column; the
message “Turn Steering Wheel +
START” will alert you.
The vehicle can only be started if
the charging cord is unplugged from
the vehicle.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.3
ENG_UD57726_1
Démarrage (X10 - Renault)
Operating faults
In certain cases, the hands-free card
may not work:
the card battery is drained, flat 12 V
battery, etc.
near to appliances operating on the
same frequency as the card (moni-
tor, mobile phone, video game, etc.);
vehicle located in a high electromag-
netic radiation zone.
The message Place card on zone +
START appears on the instrument
panel.
Press the brake pedal, then place the
card 4 (button side) on the placement
area 3. Press the 2 button to start the
vehicle. The message goes out.
STARTING, STOPPING THE ENGINE (2/3)
“Hands-free” starting with the
tailgate open
In this case, the card should not be lo-
cated in the luggage compartment, to
prevent the risk of loss.
Accessories function
(switching on the ignition)
Once you have gained access to your
vehicle, you may use some of its func-
tions (radio, navigation, wipers, etc.).
To use the other functions, with the
card in the passenger compartment,
press the 2 button without pressing the
pedals.
3
4
2
Driver’s responsibility
when parking or stopping
the vehicle
Never leave an animal,
child or adult who is not self-suffi-
cient alone in your vehicle, even for
a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves
or to others by starting the engine,
activating equipment such as the
electric windows or locking the
doors, for example.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather,
please remember that the tempera-
ture inside the passenger compart-
ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
stopping the engine ...............................................(current page)
2.4
ENG_UD57726_1
Démarrage (X10 - Renault)
Stopping the engine
The vehicle must be at a standstill.
Press the 2 button: the engine stops,
the READY message goes out on
the instrument panel and the assisted
parking brake is applied. The steering
column is locked when the driver's door
is opened or the vehicle is locked.
STARTING, STOPPING THE ENGINE (3/3)
If the card is no longer in the passenger
compartment when you try to switch the
engine off, the message “card missing:
press and hold” appears on the instru-
ment panel: press the 2 button for at
least two seconds.
With the engine switched off, any ac-
cessories being used (radio, etc.) will
continue to function for approximately
10 minutes.
When the driver’s door is opened, the
accessories stop working.
Never switch off the igni-
tion before the vehicle has
stopped completely. Once
the engine has stopped, the
brake servo, power-assisted steer-
ing, etc., and the passive safety de-
vices such as the airbags and pre-
tensioners will no longer operate.
Driver’s responsibility
when parking or stopping
the vehicle
Never leave an animal,
child or adult who is not self-suffi-
cient alone in your vehicle, even for
a short time.
They may pose a risk to themselves
or to others by starting the engine,
activating equipment such as the
electric windows or locking the
doors, for example.
Also, in hot and/or sunny weather,
please remember that the tempera-
ture inside the passenger compart-
ment increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
2
changing gear .......................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
reverse gear
selecting ..........................................(up to the end of the DU)
speed control ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
gear lever..............................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.5
ENG_UD57727_1
Boîte de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
Gear control
GEAR CONTROL (1/3)
1
4: position accessible from the cur-
rent position by moving the selec-
tor lever 1 two notches forwards or
backwards.
The 3 or 4 symbols are displayed to in-
dicate the gears that can be selected. If
these symbols are absent this indicates
that the gears cannot be selected from
the current position.
The required gear will flash on the in-
strument panel if a gear is not acces-
sible from the engaged position of the
lever.
Operation
With the engine running READY mes-
sage lit on the instrument panel 2.2,
the gear control is automatically in N
position.
To exit position N, it is essential to de-
press the front brake pedal.
With your foot on the brake pedal
(warning light
c on display A goes
out), move the lever out of position N.
The vehicle can only be started if
the charging cord is unplugged from
the vehicle.
B
Obstructions to the driver
On the driver’s side, only
use mats suitable for the
vehicle, attached with the
pre-fitted components, and check
the fitting regularly. Do not lay one
mat on top of another. There is a
risk of wedging the pedals
3
2
4
Selector lever 1
R: reverse.
N: neutral.
D: moving off forwards normally.
B: moving off forwards with strong
regenerative braking.
The A indicator light displays the gear
engaged.
The following informative symbols may
appear on the instrument panel dis-
play B:
2: position of the gear engaged;
3: position accessible from the cur-
rent position by moving the selector
lever 1 one notch forwards or back-
wards;
A
3
4
2.6
ENG_UD57727_1
Boîte de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Driving in mode D
When you select position D when the
vehicle is stationary, the vehicle moves
forward as soon as you release the
brake pedal (without pressing on the
accelerator pedal).
While driving, press the accelerator
pedal to achieve the desired speed.
GEAR CONTROL (2/3)
One-touch selector
Move the selector lever 1 one or two
notches forwards or backwards to
engage the desired position (R, N, D
or B) then release the lever and it will
return to a stable position.
The selected position is displayed on
the instrument panel along with the 2
warning light in front of the position.
If certain conditions prevent shifting
from one position to another, the re-
quested position flashes on the instru-
ment panel.
Driving in mode B
This mode allows driving with a more
dynamic regenerative mode. When
releasing the accelerator, the vehicle
uses regenerative braking to slow down
the vehicle. Thus the motor generates
higher electrical current which allows
the traction battery to be recharged.
When you select position B when the
vehicle is stationary, the vehicle moves
forward as soon as you release the
brake pedal (without pressing on the
accelerator pedal).
In B mode, the regenerative braking will
be reduced if the accumulator is cold or
completely charged.
Move from D position to B or
B to D
To switch from one position to the other,
tilt the lever to one notch or two notches
backwards.
The selected position, lit up on the in-
strument panel, alongside warning
light 2, will confirm the position of the
gear control.
B
2
The last selected position (B or D) is stored and will be the first of the two posi-
tions accessible from the current position N or R.
1
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.7
ENG_UD57727_1
Boîte de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
Parking the vehicle
With the vehicle stationary, start the
engine. Neutral is engaged and the as-
sisted parking brake is applied auto-
matically.
GEAR CONTROL (3/3)
In the event of an impact to
the underside of the vehicle
(e.g.: striking a post, raised
kerb or other street furni-
ture), this may result in damage to
the vehicle (e.g.: twisted axle), the
electrical circuit or the traction bat-
tery.
Do not touch the circuit elements or
any fluids or liquids.
To prevent any risk of accident,
have your vehicle checked by an
authorised dealer.
Risk of serious injury or electric
shock and risk to life.
To select reverse gear
With the vehicle stationary, engine run-
ning, Nposition, D or B engaged, de-
press the brake pedal and move for-
ward the lever by two notches, R lights
up on the instrument panel.
The reversing lights will illuminate as
soon as reverse gear is selected (igni-
tion on) and, depending on the vehicle,
the reversing camera 2.65.
Note: with the engine running, the ve-
hicle moving between 0 and 5 mph
(8 km/h) and position N or R engaged, it
is not necessary to depress the brake
pedal to engage the position D. This is
useful when parking manoeuvres re-
quire alternating forward and reverse
gearing.
When the door is opened, the mes-
sage “Select NEUTRAL N is dis-
played on the instrument panel
if the gear control is in a position
other than N and the engine is not
switched off.
The N position of the lever
does not mechanically lock
the drive wheels, make
sure it is immobilised before
leaving the vehicle.
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
electronic parking brake .......................(up to the end of the DU)
handbrake..............................................................(current page)
parking brake ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
stopping the engine ..............................(up to the end of the DU)
ignition switch .......................................(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
indicators:
instrument panel .............................(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel messages..................(up to the end of the DU)
2.8
ENG_UD61188_2
Frein de parking assisté (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Electronic parking brake
ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE (1/4)
Assisted operation
Applying the electronic parking
brake
With the vehicle stationary, the elec-
tronic parking brake can be used to im-
mobilise the vehicle:
by pressing the engine start/stop
button 1;
or
when the drivers seat belt is un-
fastened;
or
when the drivers door is opened;
or
when the engine is stopped.
To confirm that the electronic parking
brake is applied, the message “Parking
Brake ON” and warning light
}
on the instrument panel and warning
light 2 on the switch 3 light up.
After the engine is switched off, indi-
cator light 2 goes out several minutes
after the assisted parking brake has
been applied and indicator light
}
goes out when the vehicle is locked.
Before leaving the vehicle, check that the electronic parking brake is fully
applied. Warning light 2 on switch 3 and warning light
} on the in-
strument panel light up to show that the parking brake is applied but go
out when the doors are locked.
1
2
3
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.9
ENG_UD61188_2
Frein de parking assisté (X10 - Renault)
ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE (2/4)
Manually releasing the electronic
parking brake
Press switch 1 without pressing the
pedals to switch the ignition on. Press
the brake pedal then press switch 3: in-
dicator light 2 on the switch and indica-
tor light
} displayed on the instru-
ment panel go out.
Manual operation
You can apply the electronic parking
brake manually.
Manually applying the electronic
parking brake
Pull switch 3. Warning light 2 and warn-
ing light
} on the instrument panel
light up.
Assisted operation
(continued)
Note: in some situations (electronic
parking brake failure, manual release of
the parking brake, etc.), a beep sounds
and the message WARNING: Apply
Parking Brake” appears on the instru-
ment panel to warn you that the elec-
tronic parking brake has been released.
with the engine running: when the
driver’s door is opened;
with the engine off: when a front door
is opened.
In this case, pull and release switch 3 to
apply the assisted parking brake.
Assisted release of the parking
brake
The brake will be released as soon as
the vehicle starts and accelerates.
Before leaving the vehicle, check that the electronic parking brake is fully applied. Warning light 2 on switch 3 and
warning light
} on the instrument panel illuminate to show that the parking brake is applied but switch off when
the doors are locked.
1
2
3
2.10
ENG_UD61188_2
Frein de parking assisté (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE (3/4)
Brief stop
To apply the electronic parking brake
manually (when stopping at a red light,
or stopping when the engine is running,
etc.): pull and release the switch 3. The
brake is released as soon as the vehi-
cle is started up again.
Special cases
When parking on a slope, for exam-
ple, pull switch 3 for a few seconds to
achieve maximum braking.
To park, without applying the electronic
parking brake (if there is a risk of freez-
ing, for example):
stop the engine by pressing the
engine Start/Stop button 1;
engage any gear: the drive wheels
will be mechanically locked by the
driveshaft;
manually release the electronic park-
ing brake.
2
3
1
operating faults ......................................................(current page)
automatic gearbox (use) ........................................(current page)
faults
operating faults ................................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.11
ENG_UD61188_2
Frein de parking assisté (X10 - Renault)
Operating faults
If there is a fault, the © warning
light illuminates on the instrument
panel accompanied by the “Check
Parking Brake message and, in
some cases, the
} warning
light. Contact your approved Dealer
straight away.
If there is an assisted parking brake
fault, the warning light
®
comes on, along with the message
WARNING: Braking System”, a
beep and, in some cases, the warn-
ing light
}.
This means that you must stop as
soon as traffic conditions allow.
For safety reasons, automatic release
is deactivated when the driver’s door
is open or not shut properly and the
engine is running (in order to prevent
the vehicle from moving without the
driver). The Release Parking Brake
Manually” message appears on the
instrument panel when the driver de-
presses the accelerator.
Never leave your vehicle
without moving the selec-
tor lever to position N, ap-
plying the handbrake and
switching off the engine. This is be-
cause when the vehicle is stationary
with the engine running and a gear
engaged, the vehicle may begin to
move if you accelerate.
There is a risk of accidents.
If no lights or sounds are ap-
parent, this indicates a fault
in the instrument panel. This
indicates that it is essential
to stop immediately (as soon as traf-
fic conditions allow). Ensure that the
vehicle is correctly immobilised and
contact an approved Dealer.
If the “WARNING: Electric
System or Check Battery
message appears, manu-
ally activate the assisted
parking brake by pulling switch 3
before stopping the engine.
Risk of loss of immobilisation of
the vehicle.
Call an approved Dealer.
ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE (4/4)
environment ..........................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.12
ENG_UD57730_1
Environnement (X10 - Renault)
Environment
ENVIRONMENT
Please make your own
contribution towards
protecting the environment
too.
Worn parts replaced in the course
of routine vehicle maintenance (sec-
ondary 12 V battery, batteries, etc.)
must be disposed of through special-
ist organisations.
At the end of the vehicle’s service
life, it should be sent to approved
centres to ensure that it is recycled.
In all cases, comply with local legis-
lation.
Recycling
Your vehicle is 85% recyclable and
95% recoverable.
To achieve these objectives, many of
the vehicle components have been de-
signed to enable them to be recycled.
The materials and structures have
been carefully designed to allow these
components to be easily removed and
reprocessed by specialist companies.
In order to preserve raw material re-
sources, this vehicle incorporates nu-
merous parts made from recycled plas-
tics or renewable materials (vegetable
or animal-derived materials such as
cotton or wool).
Your vehicle has been designed with
respect for the environment in mind for
its entire service life: during production,
use and at the end of its life.
Manufacture
Your vehicle has been manufactured at
an industrial site which uses a progress
policy to reduce environmental impacts
on rivers and natural areas (reduc-
tion of water and energy consumption,
visual and noise pollution, atmospheric
emissions and waste water, sorting and
reusing waste).
range of the traction battery..................(up to the end of the DU)
vehicle range ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
energy saving .......................................(up to the end of the DU)
energy
range ...............................................(up to the end of the DU)
charge meter .........................................................(current page)
energy
charge meter (function) ....................................(current page)
ECO driving ..........................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving recommendations .....................(up to the end of the DU)
2.13
ENG_UD57728_1
ECO conduite (X10 - Renault)
Driving advice, Eco-driving
DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (1/3)
Optimum use zone 0
Indicates nil consumption.
Green “recommended
consumption” B usage zone
The traction battery supplies the elec-
trical energy required for the motor to
move the vehicle.
“Consumption not recommended”
white use zone C
Indicates high energy consumption.
Charge meter
(on the instrument panel)
The charge meter gives the driver a
real-time view of the vehicle’s energy
consumption.
Blue “Energy recovery” A usage
zone
When driving, if you lift your foot off the
accelerator pedal or apply the brake,
the motor generates electrical current
during deceleration, and this energy is
used to slow down the vehicle and re-
charge the traction battery.
Consumption in real time depends on
vehicle usage conditions, equipment
fitted and the user’s driving style. To op-
timise fuel consumption, please refer to
the following advice.
Depending on the vehicle, you will be
provided with functions which enable
you to lower the energy consumption:
charge meter;
the driving style indicator;
the journey record and eco-driving
advice via the multimedia screen;
ECO mode, activated by the ECO
button.
If fitted on the vehicle, the navigation
system provides additional information.
The presence and display of this in-
formation depends on the type of
ambiance selected 1.75.
A
B C
0
2.14
ENG_UD57728_1
ECO conduite (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Press the 3 or 4 switch to access the
indicator menu, then confirm by press-
ing 5 “OK”.
Journey log (Driving ECO²
Score)
For vehicles fitted with this, once the
engine is switched off, a Journey
Record is displayed on the multimedia
screen 6. This record shows the infor-
mation relating to your last journey:
average energy consumption;
number of miles/kilometres travelled;
Driving style indicator
Informs you about the driving style
adopted in real time. This is shown by
indicator light 1.
The more petals displayed on 1, the
more your driving is flexible and eco-
nomical.
If you regularly monitor this indicator,
you will reduce your vehicle’s fuel con-
sumption.
To activate/deactivate the driving style
indicator, press switch 2 as many times
as necessary to reach the Data tab.
DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (2/3)
an overall grade taking into account
acceleration, braking anticipation
and your skill in managing speed;
advice to enable you to improve your
rating.
For more information, refer to the equip-
ment user guide.
Navigation system
Using the information available on your
navigation system (traffic information,
nearest charging station, etc.) makes it
easy to manage your journey.
6
1
2
3
4
5
energy
«ECO» mode ...................................................(current page)
«ECO» mode function ...........................................(current page)
ECO mode .............................................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.15
ENG_UD57728_1
ECO conduite (X10 - Renault)
ECO mode
ECO mode is a function which opti-
mises vehicle range. It acts upon cer-
tain consumer systems in the vehicle
(power steering etc.) and on some driv-
ing actions (acceleration, cruise con-
trol, deceleration etc.).
Activating the function
Press the switch 7.
The 8
warning light comes on on
the instrument panel.
Disabling the function
Press the switch 7.
Warning light 8
goes out on the
instrument panel.
Cruise control switches to standby
each time ECO mode is activated or
deactivated 2.55.
DRIVING ADVICE, ECO-DRIVING (3/3)
While driving, it is possible to exit the
ECO mode temporarily in order to im-
prove engine performance.
To do this, press the accelerator pedal
firmly and fully. The warning light 8
flashes on the instrument panel
for the duration of the operation.
ECO mode is reactivated when you
take pressure off the accelerator pedal.
With ECO mode on, the vehicle
speed is limited to approximately
62 mph (100 km/h).
7
8
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
practical advice .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
vehicle range ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
energy consumption .............................(up to the end of the DU)
energy saving .......................................(up to the end of the DU)
electric vehicle
vehicle range ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
electric vehicle
driving .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
energy
saving ..............................................................(current page)
energy recovery .....................................................(current page)
driving recommendations .....................(up to the end of the DU)
2.16
ENG_UD57729_1
Conseils : économie d’énergie (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Vehicle range: advice
VEHICLE RANGE: recommendations (1/2)
A “sporty” driving style reduces your
vehicle range: opt for a “lighter” driving
style.
Advice:
drive at a constant speed;
keep an eye on the tools available
to you to view the road conditions
(charge meter, current consumption,
journey record, etc.) 2.13 ;
adapt your driving style to avoid ex-
cessive energy consumption;
favour power recovery: anticipate
traffic changes by lifting your foot off
the accelerator pedal or by braking
gradually.
Road type
Do not try to maintain the same speed
up a hill, accelerate no more than you
would on the level. Keep your foot in
the same position on the accelerator
pedal.
In real usage, the range of an electric
vehicle may vary depending on several
factors over which you have partial con-
trol, which may make a considerable
difference to the vehicle range. These
factors are:
speed and driving style;
type of road;
heating level;
tyres;
use of electrical accessories;
vehicle loading.
Furthermore, activating ECO mode en-
ables the vehicle to automatically take
charge of all energy consumers (engine
power etc.) to reduce their consumption
to the fullest possible extent 2.13.
Speed and driving style
High speeds will reduce your vehicle’s
range.
heating, air conditioning: programming .................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.17
ENG_UD57729_1
Conseils : économie d’énergie (X10 - Renault)
VEHICLE RANGE: recommendations (2/2)
Tyres
An under-inflated tyre increases energy
consumption. Comply with the speci-
fied tyre pressures for your vehicle.
When driving, use tyres made by the
same manufacturer, with the same di-
mensions, type and structure as the
original tyres. The use of non-regula-
tion tyres significantly reduces vehicle
range 4.8.
Vehicle loading
Avoid pointlessly overloading your ve-
hicle.
Heating levels
The use of heating or air-conditioning
reduces vehicle range.
To maintain your vehicle range, you are
recommended to select “programming”
mode before using the vehicle 3.11.
tyres ......................................................(up to the end of the DU)
tyre pressure.........................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
tyre pressure monitor............................(up to the end of the DU)
2.18
ENG_UD57731_1
Système de surveillande de pression des pneumatiques (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Tyre pressure monitoring system
TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (1/3)
If the vehicle is equipped with the func-
tion, this system monitors the tyre pres-
sure.
Operating principle
Each wheel (except for the emergency
spare wheel) has a sensor in the infla-
tion valve which periodically measures
the tyre pressure.
The system displays the current pres-
sures on the instrument panel 1 and
alerts the driver in the event of insuffi-
cient pressure.
Resetting the standard level
for the tyre pressures
This should be done:
when the standard tyre pressure
needs to be changed to adapt to
usage conditions (empty, carrying a
load, motorway driving, etc.);
after swapping a wheel (however
this practice is not recommended);
after changing a wheel.
It should always be done after checking
the tyre pressure of all four tyres when
cold.
Tyre pressures must correspond to the
current usage of the vehicle (empty,
carrying a load, motorway driving, etc.).
Resetting procedure
Ignition on, vehicle stopped:
Repeatedly tap switch 5 as many
times as necessary to reach the ve-
hicle tab;
tap switch 2 or switch 3 to access
the tyre pressures reset page. The
message “SET tyre pressure (press
and hold)” appears on the instrument
panel;
press and hold the 4 OK switch to
launch the reset. The flashing tyres
symbol followed by the message
“Learning Tyre Pressures” indicates
that the reset request for the tyre
pressure has been acknowledged.
Reset can take several minutes of driv-
ing.
Note: the standard tyre pressure
cannot be less than that recommended
and indicated on the door frame.
1
5
2
3
4
Resetting can also be performed
from the multimedia screen. Select
“Vehicle”, “Tyre pressure”.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.19
ENG_UD57731_1
Système de surveillande de pression des pneumatiques (X10 - Renault)
TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (2/3)
Display
The display A and the warning light 6
on the instrument panel warn
you of any tyre pressure faults (flat tyre,
punctured tyre, system fault, etc.).
“Puncture”
A red wheel appears accompanied by
a fixed 6 warning light and the
message “Puncture” as well as a sound
signal.
This message appears along with the
® warning light.
They indicate that the affected wheel
is punctured or severely underinflated.
Replace it or contact an approved
dealer if it is punctured. Top up the tyre
pressure if the wheel is deflated.
“Check Tyre Pressure Sensors”
The wheel disappears and the warning
light 6
flashes for several sec-
onds before staying on and the mes-
sage Check Tyre Pressure Sensors”
appears.
This message appears along with the
© warning light. They indicate that
at least one wheel is not fitted with sen-
sors (e.g. emergency spare wheel).
Otherwise, consult an authorised
dealer.
“Adjust Tyre Pressure”
A yellow wheel appears accompanied
by a fixed 6
warning light and the
message “Adjust Tyre Pressure”.
They indicate that a wheel is deflated.
Check and, if necessary, readjust the
pressures of the four wheels when cold.
The warning light 6
goes off after
a few minutes’ driving.
For your safety, the warning
light
® requires you
to stop immediately as soon
as traffic conditions allow.
The sudden loss of pressure in a
tyre (burst tyre, etc.) cannot be de-
tected by the system.
6
A
2.20
ENG_UD57731_1
Système de surveillande de pression des pneumatiques (X10 - Renault)
Tyre repair product and
inflation kit
As the valves are specifically designed,
only use equipment approved by the
approved network. 5.3.
Replacing wheels/tyres
This system requires specific equip-
ment (wheels, tyres, hubcaps, etc.).
5.6.
Contact an approved Dealer to fit new
tyres and to find out about available ac-
cessories compatible with the system
and available from your dealer net-
work: the use of any other accessory
could affect the correct operation of the
system or damage a sensor.
Emergency spare wheel
If the vehicle is equipped with an emer-
gency spare wheel, it will not have a
sensor. If the vehicle is fitted with one,
the warning light 6
flashes for
several seconds then comes on con-
tinuously along with the
© warn-
ing light, and the message “Check Tyre
Pressure Sensorsappears on the in-
strument panel.
TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (3/3)
“Tyre Detection Failure”
This message “Tyre Detection Failure”
appears when driving if one or more
wheels have been fitted with sensors
not recognised by Renault.
Consult an approved dealer
Readjustment of tyre
pressures
The pressures must be adjusted
when the tyres are cold 4.8. If
the tyre pressures cannot be checked
when the tyres are cold, the recom-
mended pressures should be increased
by 0.2 to 0.3 bar (3 PSI).
Never deflate a hot tyre.
This function is an addi-
tional driving aid.
However, the function is
not intended to replace the
driver. It cannot, therefore, under
any circumstances replace the vig-
ilance or the responsibility of the
driver. Check the tyre pressures, in-
cluding the emergency spare wheel,
once a month.
emergency active braking.....................(up to the end of the DU)
emergency braking ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
pedestrian detection .............................(up to the end of the DU)
vehicle detection ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving aids ...........................................(up to the end of the DU)
driver assistance...................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.21
ENG_UD58283_1
Freinage actif d'urgence (X10 - Renault)
Depending on the reactivity of the
driver, the system can assist with brak-
ing in order to limit damage or prevent
a collision.
Note: ensure that the windscreen and
front bumper are not obstructed (by
dirt, mud, snow, condensation, number
plate, etc.).
Active emergency braking
Using information from the radar 2 and
the camera 1, the system determines
the distance from the vehicle in front
and from any pedestrians in the vicinity.
The system informs the driver if there
is a risk of head-on collision to enable
appropriate emergency manoeuvres
(pressing the brake pedal and/or turn-
ing the steering wheel).
1
This function is an addi-
tional driving aid. This func-
tion is not under any circum-
stances intended to replace
the due care and attention of the
driver, who should at all times be
in control of the vehicle.
This system can apply maximum
braking to the vehicle until it is
completely stationary if necessary.
For safety reasons, always wear
your seat belt when travelling in
your vehicle and make sure that it
is loaded so that no items can be
thrown forward and hit the occu-
pants.
2
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (1/7)
2.22
ENG_UD58283_1
Freinage actif d'urgence (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (2/7)
Operation
Detection of vehicles
When driving at a speed between ap-
proximately 4 mph (7 km/h) and
105 mph (170 km/h), if there is a risk of
collision with the vehicle in front, the
system:
– warns you of a collision risk:
The message Brake is displayed
in red on the instrument panel 3 ac-
companied by an audible warning.
If the driver depresses the brake
pedal and the system still detects a
risk of collision, the brake force is in-
creased.
– triggers braking:
If the driver fails to react following
the alert and collision becomes im-
minent.
In the event of emergency manoeu-
vre, you can stop braking at any
moment by:
– tapping the accelerator pedal;
or
– turning the steering wheel as a
collision avoidance manoeuvre.
Special features of warnings
Depending on the speed, the warning
and braking may be activated simulta-
neously.
Special features of stationary
vehicles
Stationary vehicles are detected when
your vehicle is being driven at a speed
between approximately 4 mph (7 km/h)
and 50 mph (80 km/h). The system is
not active and does not emit a warning
for stationary vehicles when you exceed
approximately 50 mph (80 km/h).
If the vehicle stopped as a result of
active emergency braking, the driver
must keep the vehicle stationary by ap-
plying the brake pedal.
Note: if the driver uses the vehicle con-
trols (steering wheel, pedals, etc.) the
system may delay certain operations or
not activate.
3
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.23
ENG_UD58283_1
Freinage actif d'urgence (X10 - Renault)
Detection of pedestrians
(depending on the vehicle)
When driving at a speed between ap-
proximately 4 mph (7 km/h) and 50 mph
(80 km/h), if there is a risk of collision
with a cyclist or pedestrian then the
system will:
– warns you of a collision risk:
The message Brake is displayed
in red on the instrument panel 3 ac-
companied by an audible warning.
If the driver depresses the brake
pedal and the system still detects a
risk of collision, the brake force is in-
creased.
– triggers braking:
if the driver fails to react following
the alert and collision becomes im-
minent.
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (3/7)
If the vehicle stopped as a result of
active emergency braking, the driver
must keep the vehicle stationary by ap-
plying the brake pedal.
Note: if the driver uses the vehicle con-
trols (steering wheel, pedals, etc.) the
system may delay certain operations or
not activate.
Special features of warnings
Depending on the speed, the warning
and braking may be activated simulta-
neously.
In the event of emergency manoeu-
vre, you can stop braking at any
moment by:
– tapping the accelerator pedal;
or
– turning the steering wheel as a
collision avoidance manoeuvre.
3
multifunction screen...............................................(current page)
2.24
ENG_UD58283_1
Freinage actif d'urgence (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (4/7)
Activating or deactivating the
system
For vehicles fitted with a multimedia
screen
With the vehicle stopped and the engine
running, from the multimedia screen 4,
select “Settings menu, Vehicle tab,
Driving assistance menu, Active
braking” then select “ON” or “OFF”.
4
This system is reactivated each time
the ignition is switched on.
Operating faults
©
and illuminated on the in-
strument panel: this indicates that the
system has detected an operating fault.
Consult an approved dealer.
Temporarily not available
If the system detects a temporary fault,
the
warning light appears on the
instrument panel.
The possible causes are:
– the system is temporarily blinded
(glare from the sun, dipped beam
headlights, bad weather conditions
etc.). The system will be operational
again when visibility conditions are
better;
– the system is temporarily interrupted
(e.g. the windscreen or the front or
rear bumper is obscured by dirt,
mud, snow, condensation, etc.). In
this case, park the vehicle and switch
off the engine. Clean the windscreen
and front bumper. When you next
start the engine, the warning light
and the message go out.
If this is not the case, this may arise from
another cause; contact an Approved
Dealer.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.25
ENG_UD58283_1
Freinage actif d'urgence (X10 - Renault)
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (5/7)
Active emergency braking
This function is an additional driving aid. This function is not under any circumstances intended to replace the due care
and attention of the driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle. The triggering of this function may be
delayed or prevented when the system detects clear signs of control of the vehicle by the driver (action on the steer-
ing wheel, pedals etc.).
The system cannot be activated:
– when the gear control lever is in the neutral position;
– when the parking brake is activated;
– when the Electronic Stability Program (ESC) has started.
System servicing/repairs
– In the event of an impact, the radar and/or camera may become misaligned and their service may be affected. Deactivate
the function and contact an Approved Dealer.
– Any work in the area where the radar and/or camera is located (repairs, replacements, windscreen modifications, etc.) must
be carried out by a qualified professional.
Only an authorised dealer is qualified to service the system.
2.26
ENG_UD58283_1
Freinage actif d'urgence (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (6/7)
System disturbance
Some conditions can disturb or damage the operation of the system, such as:
a complex environment (metal bridge, tunnel etc.);
poor weather conditions (snow, hail, black ice etc.);
– poor visibility (night, fog etc.);
– poor contrast between the object (vehicle, pedestrian etc.) and the surrounding area (e.g. pedestrian dressed in white lo-
cated in a snowy area etc.);
– being dazzled (glaring sun, lights of vehicles travelling in the opposite direction etc.);
– windscreen obscured (by dirt, ice, snow, condensation etc.);
– ...
In these conditions, the system may not react or may brake inadvertently.
Limitation of the system operation
– Each time the vehicle is started, the system carries out a calibration according to the vehicle surroundings and may be inac-
tive for a length of time between approximately two and five minutes;
– A vehicle travelling in the opposite direction will not trigger any alert or affect operation of the system;
– The radar and camera zones must be kept clean and free of any tampering in order to ensure the proper operation of the
system;
– The system may not respond to small vehicles such as motorbikes as effectively as to other vehicles;
– The system may not operate optimally when the road surface is slippery (rain, snow, black ice etc.);
– To ensure correct operation, the system needs to distinguish the complete outline of the pedestrian. So the system cannot
detect:
pedestrians in the darkness or in poor lighting conditions;
partially visible pedestrians:
pedestrians less than approximately 80 cm tall;
pedestrians carrying large objects;
...
In these conditions, the system may not react or may brake inadvertently.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.27
ENG_UD58283_1
Freinage actif d'urgence (X10 - Renault)
ACTIVE EMERGENCY BRAKING (7/7)
Deactivating the function
You must disable the function if:
the brake lights are not functioning;
– the area of the camera has been damaged (on the windscreen side or the interior rear-view mirror side);
– the front of the vehicle was damaged (impact, scratch on the radar, etc.);
– the vehicle is being towed (breakdowns);
– the windscreen is cracked or distorted (do not carry out windscreen repairs in this area; have it changed by an approved
dealer);
– you are not driving on a paved road.
In the event of the system behaving abnormally, deactivate it and consult an authorised dealer.
Halting the function
You can halt the active braking function at any time by tapping the accelerator pedal or by turning the steering wheel in a col-
lision avoidance manoeuvre.
ABS ......................................................(up to the end of the DU)
anti-lock braking system: ABS ..............(up to the end of the DU)
emergency brake assist........................(up to the end of the DU)
emergency braking ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
traction control ......................................(up to the end of the DU)
ESC: electronic stability control ............(up to the end of the DU)
electronic stability control: ESC ............(up to the end of the DU)
2.28
ENG_UD57732_1
Dispositifs de correction de conduite (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ABS (anti-lock braking
system)
Under heavy braking, the ABS prevents
the wheels from locking, allowing the
stopping distance to be managed and
keeping control of the vehicle.
Under these circumstances, the vehi-
cle can be steered to avoid an obstacle
whilst braking. In addition, this system
can increase stopping distances, par-
ticularly on roads with low surface grip
(wet ground etc.).
You will feel a pulsation through the
brake pedal each time the system is
activated. The ABS does not in any way
improve the vehicle’s physical perform-
ance relating to the road surface and
roadholding. It is still essential to follow
the rules of good driving practice (such
as driving at a safe distance from the
vehicle in front etc.).
Driving correction devices
Depending on the vehicle, they com-
prise:
the ABS (anti-lock braking
system);
the electronic stability program
ESC with understeer control and
traction control;
emergency braking assistance
with (depending on the vehicle)
braking anticipation;
hill start assist;
regenerative braking system.
Other driving assistance systems are
detailed on the following pages.
In an emergency, apply firm and
continuous pressure to the brake
pedal. There is no need to pump
it repeatedly. The ABS will modu-
late the force applied in the braking
system.
These functions are an ad-
ditional aid in the event of
critical driving conditions,
enabling the vehicle behav-
iour to be adapted to suit the driving
conditions.
However, the functions do not take
the place of the driver. They do
not increase the vehicle’s limits
and should not encourage you
to drive more quickly. Therefore,
they can under no circumstances
replace the vigilance or responsibil-
ity of the driver when manoeuvring
the vehicle (the driver must always
be ready for sudden incidents which
may occur when driving).
DRIVER CORRECTION DEVICES, AIDS (1/5)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.29
ENG_UD57732_1
Dispositifs de correction de conduite (X10 - Renault)
Electronic stability program
ESC with understeer control
and traction control
Electronic stability control ESC
This system helps you to keep control
of the vehicle in critical driving condi-
tions (avoiding an obstacle, loss of grip
on a bend, etc.).
Operating principle
A sensor in the steering wheel detects
the direction selected by the driver.
Other sensors throughout the vehicle
measure the actual direction.
The system compares driver input to
the actual trajectory of the vehicle and
corrects the trajectory if necessary by
controlling the braking of certain wheels
and/or engine power. In the event that
the system is engaged, indicator light
flashes on the instrument panel.
Understeer control
This system optimises the action of the
ESC in the case of pronounced under-
steer (loss of front axle road holding).
Traction control
This system helps to limit wheelspin of
the drive wheels and to control the ve-
hicle when pulling away accelerating or
decelerating.
Operating principle
Using the wheel sensors, the system
measures and compares the speed of
the drive wheels at all times and slows
down their over-rotation. If a wheel is
starting to slip, the system brakes au-
tomatically until the drive supplied be-
comes compatible with the level of grip
under the wheel again.
Operating faults
When the system detects an operat-
ing fault the message “Check ESC” and
warning light
© appear on the in-
strument panel. In this case, the ESC
and traction control system are deacti-
vated.
Consult an approved dealer.
DRIVER CORRECTION DEVICES, AIDS (2/5)
Operating faults
© and x are lit on the in-
strument panel accompanied, de-
pending on the vehicle, by the mes-
sagesCheck ABS”, “WARNING:
Check Braking System” and “Check
ESC”: the ABS, the ESC and the
emergency brake assist are deacti-
vated. Braking is always enabled;
x, D, © and ®
lit on the instrument panel accom-
panied by the messageBraking
system fault”: this indicates a fault
in the braking system.
In both cases, please consult an
Authorised Dealer.
Your braking systems
are partially operational.
However, it is dangerous
to brake suddenly and
it is essential to stop immediately,
as soon as traffic conditions allow.
Contact an approved dealer.
2.30
ENG_UD57732_1
Dispositifs de correction de conduite (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Emergency brake assist
This system supplements the ABS
and helps reduce vehicle stopping dis-
tances.
Operating principle
The system is for detecting an emer-
gency braking situation. In this case,
the braking system immediately devel-
ops maximum power and may trigger
ABS regulation.
ABS braking is maintained as long as
the brake pedal is applied.
Hazard warning lights switching on
Depending on the vehicle, these may
light up in the event of sudden decel-
eration.
Braking anticipation
Depending on the vehicle, when you
rapidly release the accelerator, the
system anticipates the braking ma-
noeuvre in order to reduce stopping
distances.
Special cases
When using the cruise control:
if you use the accelerator, when you
release it, the system may be trig-
gered;
if you do not use the accelerator, the
system will not be triggered.
Operating faults
When the system detects an operating
fault the message WARNING: Check
Braking System” appears on the instru-
ment panel along with the
© warn-
ing light.
Consult an approved dealer.
DRIVER CORRECTION DEVICES, AIDS (3/5)
These functions are an ad-
ditional aid in the event of
critical driving conditions,
enabling the vehicle behav-
iour to be adapted to suit the driving
conditions.
These functions do not take the
place of the driver. They do not
increase the vehicle’s limits and
should not encourage you to
drive more quickly. Therefore,
they can under no circumstances
replace the vigilance or responsibil-
ity of the driver when manoeuvring
the vehicle (the driver must always
be ready for sudden incidents which
may occur when driving).
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.31
ENG_UD57732_1
Dispositifs de correction de conduite (X10 - Renault)
The hill start assistance
system cannot completely
prevent the vehicle from
rolling backwards in all sit-
uations (extremely steep gradients,
etc.).
In all cases, the driver may depress
the brake pedal to prevent the vehi-
cle from rolling backwards.
The hill start assistance function
should not be used for prolonged
stops: use the brake pedal.
This function is not designed to im-
mobilise the vehicle permanently.
If necessary, use the brake pedal to
stop the vehicle.
The driver must remain particularly
vigilant when driving on slippery or
low-grip surfaces.
Risk of serious injury.
Hill start assistance
Depending on the gradient of the in-
cline, this system assists the driver
when starting on a hill. It prevents the
vehicle from rolling backwards by au-
tomatically applying the brakes when
the driver lifts his/her foot off the brake
pedal to depress the accelerator pedal.
System operation
It only operates when the gear lever is
in a position other than N and the ve-
hicle is completely stationary (brake
pedal depressed).
The system holds the vehicle for ap-
proximately 2 seconds. The brakes are
then gradually released (the vehicle will
move according to the slope).
DRIVER CORRECTION DEVICES, AIDS (4/5)
2.32
ENG_UD57732_1
Dispositifs de correction de conduite (X10 - Renault)
Regenerative braking system
When braking, the regenerative brak-
ing system can convert the energy pro-
duced by the vehicle deceleration into
electric energy.
This will recharge the 400V traction bat-
tery and gain greater vehicle range.
Operating faults
© lights up on the instru-
ment panel, alongside the mes-
sageWARNING: Check Braking
System: braking assistance is
available at all times.
Under these conditions, the feel of
applying the brake pedal may be dif-
ferent.
You are recommended to apply
strong continuous pressure to the
pedal.
Please see an authorised dealer.
® lit on the instrument panel ac-
companied by the message “Braking
system fault”: this indicates a fault
in the braking system.
Please call an authorised dealer.
DRIVER CORRECTION DEVICES, AIDS (5/5)
The ® warning light
requires you to stop imme-
diately, for your own safety,
as soon as traffic conditions
allow. Switch off the engine and
do not restart it. Call an approved
Dealer.
lane departure warning .........................(up to the end of the DU)
driving aids ...........................................(up to the end of the DU)
driver assistance...................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.33
ENG_UD58180_1
Alerte de sortie de voie (X10 - Renault)
Lane departure warning
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (1/4)
Using information from the 1 camera,
the function warns the driver when a
continuous or broken line is crossed
or when approaching the roadside (di-
vider, barrier, pavement, embankment,
etc.) without the direction indicator
lights being activated.
Note: make sure the windscreen is not
obscured (dirt, mud, snow, condensa-
tion etc.).
This function is an addi-
tional driving aid. This func-
tion is not under any cir-
cumstances intended to
replace the due care and attention
of the driver, who should at all times
be in control of the vehicle.
The lane departure warning func-
tion does not correct the vehi-
cle’s trajectory.
1
2.34
ENG_UD58180_1
Alerte de sortie de voie (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
3
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (2/4)
Activation/deactivation
To activate the function, press the 2
switch as many times as required to
select “Lane Departure Warning on
the instrument panel. The “Lane depar-
ture warning on” message and “
warning light are displayed on the in-
strument panel.
To disable the function, press the 2
switch as many times as required to
selectLane departure warning off”
(or, depending on the vehicle “Lane
Keeping deactivated”) on the instru-
ment panel. Warning light
goes
out on the instrument panel.
Operation
When the function is activated, the
warning light and the left and
right lines 3 are displayed in grey on the
instrument panel.
The function is set to notify the
driver if:
speed is between approximately
43 mph (70 km/h) and 112 mph
(180 km/h);
and
the
warning light and left/right
line indicators 3 are coloured white.
The warning function is triggered
if the vehicle breaches a line or ap-
proaches a roadside (divider, barrier,
pavement, embankment, etc.) without
the direction indicator lights being ac-
tivated.
2
The function alerts the driver:
by a vibration in the steering wheel;
and
the
warning light and 3 the in-
dicator for the crossed line turn red.
Each time the vehicle is started,
the function continues the mode
saved the last time the engine was
stopped.
operating faults ......................................................(current page)
faults
operating faults ................................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.35
ENG_UD58180_1
Alerte de sortie de voie (X10 - Renault)
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (3/4)
Temporarily not available
very fast lane departure;
driving continuously on a line;
four seconds approximately after
changing lanes;
tight bends;
impaired visibility;
activation of one of the direction indi-
cator lights;
hard acceleration etc.
When the function is not available, the
warning light and the left/right in-
dicators turn to grey on the instrument
panel.
Conditions for non-activation
of the system
The system cannot be activated when:
reverse gear is engaged;
the field of vision of the camera is ob-
structed;
the
® warning light is displayed.
The
warning light and the left/
right line indicators turn to grey on the
instrument panel.
Operating faults
In the event of a malfunction, the left
and right line indicators (and, depend-
ing on display style, the warning
light) disappear or stay grey on the in-
strument panel.
In some cases, they are accompanied
by the “Front camera to check” mes-
sage or the
© warning light on the
instrument panel.
Consult an approved dealer.
4
Adjustment
With the vehicle stationary, engine run-
ning, from the multimedia screen 4
select the Settings menu, “Vehicle”
tab, the “Driving assistance menu,
then “Lane”:
“Vibration”: adjust the steering wheel
vibration level;
“Alert”: adjust the sensitivity level for
line detection. To do this, select:
“Late”: line detected when cross-
ing;
“Standard”: line detected on ap-
proach;
“Early”: line detected nearby.
Please refer to the multimedia instruc-
tions for further information.
2.36
ENG_UD58180_1
Alerte de sortie de voie (X10 - Renault)
This function is an additional driving aid. This function is not under any circumstances intended to replace the due care
and attention of the driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle.
System servicing/repairs
In the event of an impact, the camera alignment may be changed, and its operation may consequently be affected. Deactivate
the function, then consult an authorised dealer.
Any work in the area where the camera is located (repairs, replacements, windscreen modifications etc.) must be carried
out by a qualified professional.
Only an authorised dealer is qualified to service the system.
In the event of system disturbance
Some conditions can disturb or damage the operation of the system, such as:
windscreen obscured (by dirt, ice, snow, condensation etc.);
a complex environment (tunnel etc.);
poor weather conditions (snow, hail, black ice, rain, etc.);
poor visibility (night, fog etc.);
the road markings are irregular or difficult to distinguish (e.g. partially erased, excessive spacing, distorted road surface);
being dazzled (glaring sun, lights of vehicles travelling in the opposite direction etc.);
the road is narrow, winding or undulating (tight bends etc.);
closely following a vehicle travelling in the same lane.
Risk of false alarms or absence of warnings
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (4/4)
lane departure warning .........................(up to the end of the DU)
driving aids ...........................................(up to the end of the DU)
driver assistance...................................(up to the end of the DU)
lane keeping: assistance ......................(up to the end of the DU)
Lane Keeping Assist .............................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.37
ENG_UD61189_2
Alerte de maintien de voie (X10 - Renault)
Lane Keeping Assist
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (1/5)
Note: make sure the windscreen is not
obscured (dirt, mud, snow, condensa-
tion etc.).
This function is an addi-
tional driving aid. This func-
tion is not under any circum-
stances intended to replace
the due care and attention of the
driver, who should at all times be
in control of the vehicle.
You can retake control of the ve-
hicle at any time by operating the
steering wheel.
Using information from the 1 camera,
the function triggers corrective action
on the vehicle steering system when
a continuous or broken line is crossed
or when approaching the roadside (di-
vider, barrier, pavement, embankment,
etc.) without the direction indicator
lights being activated.
1
2.38
ENG_UD61189_2
Alerte de maintien de voie (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Activation/deactivation
To activate the function, press the 2
switch as many times as required to
select “Lane Keeping Assist” on the in-
strument panel.
The “Lane Keeping activated” message
and
warning light are displayed
on the instrument panel.
When Lane Keeping Assist is activated,
the “Lane Departure Warning” function
is automatically activated. 2.33.
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (2/5)
Each time the vehicle is started,
the function continues the mode
saved the last time the engine was
stopped.
2
To disable the function, press the 2
switch as many times as required to
select “Lane Keeping deactivated” on
the instrument panel.
Warning light
goes out on the in-
strument panel.
Note: deactivating the “Lane Keeping
Assist” function causes deactivation of
the “Lane Departure Warning” function.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.39
ENG_UD61189_2
Alerte de maintien de voie (X10 - Renault)
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (3/5)
Operation
When the function is activated, the
warning light and the left and
right lines 3 are displayed in grey on the
instrument panel.
The function is set to operate when
the vehicle speed is between approxi-
mately 43 mph (70 km/h) and 112 mph
(180 km/h) and if the
warning
light and 3 correction indicators are col-
oured white.
The function operates if the vehicle
breaches a line or if the vehicle ap-
proaches the roadside (divider, barrier,
pavement, embankment, etc.) without
the direction indicator lights being ac-
tivated.
You can interrupt the trajectory cor-
rection at any time by moving the
steering wheel.
3
Special case
If the system can no longer detect
any action by the driver on the steer-
ing wheel, the
warning light il-
luminates in orange on the instrument
panel, accompanied by the message:
“Keeping hands on steering wheel” and
an audible warning.
The beep sounds together with the
warning light and the message until the
driver takes control.
In these cases:
the function triggers an action on the
vehicle’s steering system to correct
the vehicle trajectory;
the 3 indicator on the side of the
breached line turns to yellow on the
instrument panel.
Note: on bends, the function allows for
slightly cutting the bend.
If the corrective action on the steer-
ing system is not sufficient, the
warning light and 3 indicator on the side
of the breached line turn to red on the
instrument panel, accompanied by a vi-
bration on the steering wheel.
operating faults ......................................................(current page)
faults
operating faults ................................................(current page)
2.40
ENG_UD61189_2
Alerte de maintien de voie (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
4
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (4/5)
Adjustment
With the vehicle stationary, engine run-
ning, from the multimedia screen 4
select the Settings menu, “Vehicle”
tab, the “Driving assistance menu,
then “Lane”:
“Vibration: adjust steering wheel
vibration for the “Lane Departure
Warning” function;
“Alert”: adjust the sensitivity level for
line detection. To do this, select:
“Late”: line detected when cross-
ing;
“Standard”: line detected on ap-
proach;
“Early”: line detected nearby.
Please refer to the multimedia instruc-
tions for further information.
Operating faults
When the system detects an operating
fault, the
© warning light lights up
on the instrument panel, with the mes-
sage “Front camera to check”.
Consult an approved dealer.
Conditions for non-activation
of the system
The system cannot be activated when:
reverse gear is engaged;
the field of vision of the camera is ob-
structed;
the
® warning light is displayed.
The
warning light and the left/
right line warning lights are displayed in
grey on the instrument panel.
Temporarily not available
very fast lane departure;
driving continuously on a line;
four seconds approximately after
changing lanes;
tight bends;
impaired visibility;
activation of one of the direction indi-
cator lights;
strong acceleration;
emergency braking;
...
If the function is unavailable, the
warning light and the left/right correc-
tion warning lights 3 appear in grey on
the instrument panel.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.41
ENG_UD61189_2
Alerte de maintien de voie (X10 - Renault)
This function is an additional driving aid. This function is not under any circumstances intended to replace the due care
and attention of the driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle.
System servicing/repairs
In the event of an impact, the camera alignment may be changed, and its operation may consequently be affected. Deactivate
the function and consult an authorised dealer.
Any work in the area where the camera is located (repairs, replacements, windscreen modifications etc.) must be carried
out by a qualified professional.
Only an authorised dealer is qualified to service the system.
In the event of system disturbance
Some conditions can disturb or damage the operation of the system, such as:
windscreen obscured (by dirt, ice, snow, condensation etc.);
a complex environment (tunnel etc.);
poor weather conditions (snow, hail, black ice, rain, etc.);
poor visibility (night, fog etc.);
the road markings are irregular or difficult to distinguish (e.g. partially erased, excessive spacing, distorted road surface);
being dazzled (glaring sun, lights of vehicles travelling in the opposite direction etc.);
the road is narrow, winding or undulating (tight bends etc.);
closely following a vehicle travelling in the same lane.
In this case, the “Lane Keeping Assist” may react incorrectly or not at all.
Risk of unwanted, incorrect correction or no correction of trajectory.
Deactivating the function
You must disable the function if:
the area of the camera has been damaged (on the windscreen side or the interior rear-view mirror side);
the road is slippery (snow, black ice, aquaplaning, gravel etc.) ;
poor visibility (night, fog etc.);
the windscreen is cracked or distorted (do not carry out windscreen repairs in this area; have it changed by an Authorised
Dealer);
the vehicle is towing a trailer or a caravan;
the vehicle is entering an area with several surface markings (an area with road works etc.).
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (5/5)
blind spot warning signal ......................(up to the end of the DU)
blind spot: warning signal .....................(up to the end of the DU)
driving aids ...........................................(up to the end of the DU)
driver assistance...................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.42
ENG_UD61190_2
Avertisseur d’angle mort (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Blind spot warning
This function is an addi-
tional aid which indicates
other vehicles in the blind
spot area.
It can never in any case be a sub-
stitute for care nor for the driver’s
responsibility while in charge of his
vehicle.
The driver should always be ready
for sudden incidents while driv-
ing: always ensure that there are
no moving obstacles (such as a
child, animal, pushchair or bicy-
cle) or small, narrow objects such
as stones or posts in the blind spot
when manoeuvring.
This system alerts the driver to other
vehicles in the detection zone A.
The system is activated when the ve-
hicle’s speed is between approximately
19 mph (30 km/h) and 87 mph
(140 km/h).
This function uses sensors 1 installed in
the front and rear bumper of both sides.
A
Special feature
Make sure that the sensors are not ob-
scured (by dirt, mud, snow, etc.).
If a sensor is obscured, the message
“Blind spotclean sensor” will appear on
the instrument panel. Clean the sen-
sors.
A
BLIND SPOT WARNING (1/5)
1
multifunction screen...............................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.43
ENG_UD61190_2
Avertisseur d’angle mort (X10 - Renault)
Activation/deactivation
Vehicle stationary, engine running, from
the multimedia screen 2, select the
“Settings” menu, “Vehicle tab, select
the “Driving assistance” menu, Blind
spot alert”, then select ON or OFF.
The system’s detection range oper-
ates according to a standard lane
width. If you are driving in narrow
traffic lanes, it may detect vehicles
in other lanes.
BLIND SPOT WARNING (2/5)
Indicator 3
An indicator light 3 is located on each
rear view mirror 4.
Note: clean the rear view mirrors 4 reg-
ularly so that the indicator lights 3 can
be seen properly.
3
B
C
D
4
3
Operation
This function gives a warning:
– when the vehicle speed is between
approximately 19 mph (30 km/h) and
87 mph (140 km/h);
– when another vehicle is in the blind
spot area and travelling in the same
direction as your vehicle.
If another vehicle is being overtaken,
the indicator 3 will be activated only if
that vehicle remains in the blind spot for
more than one second.
D
2
indicators ...............................................................(current page)
2.44
ENG_UD61190_2
Avertisseur d’angle mort (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
BLIND SPOT WARNING (3/5)
Display B
The function is activated and has not
detected any vehicles.
Display C
First warning: the indicator 3 means
that a vehicle has been detected in the
blind spot.
Display D
When the direction indicator is acti-
vated, the indicator light 3 flashes when
a vehicle is detected in the blind spot on
the side towards which you are about to
steer. If you cancel the direction indica-
tor, the function will return to the initial
warning (display C).
3
B
C
D
Conditions for non-function
– If the object is not moving;
– if traffic is heavy;
– the road is winding;
– if front and rear sensors both detect
an object at the same time (e.g.
when passing an articulated lorry).
– ...
Operating faults
If the system detects a fault, the mes-
sage “Check blind spot alert” is dis-
played on the instrument panel. Call an
approved Dealer.
Note: when the engine is started, the
indicator light 3, display B, flashes
three times. It is normal.
The system’s detection
range operates according
to a standard lane width. If
you are driving in wide traf-
fic lanes, the system might not
be able to detect a vehicle in the
blind spot.
– The system might be disrupted
momentarily if it is exposed to
strong electromagnetic waves
(as beneath high-tension power
lines) or to very poor weather
conditions (heavy rain, snow
etc.). Remain aware of driving
conditions.
There is a risk of accidents.
Because sensors have
been installed in the bump-
ers, any work (repairs, re-
placements, touching up of
paintwork) must be carried out by a
qualified professional.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.45
ENG_UD61190_2
Avertisseur d’angle mort (X10 - Renault)
BLIND SPOT WARNING (4/5)
This function is an additional driving aid. This function is not under any circumstances intended to replace the due care
and attention of the driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle.
The driver should always adapt their speed to the traffic conditions, regardless of the system indications.
The system should under no circumstances be taken to be an obstacle detector or an anti-collision system.
System servicing/repairs
– In the event of an impact, the alignment of the sensors may be changed and its operation may consequently be affected.
Deactivate the function and consult an authorised dealer.
– Any work in the area where the sensors are located (repairs, replacements, etc.) must be carried out by a qualified profes-
sional.
Only an authorised dealer is qualified to service the system.
System disturbance
Some conditions can disturb or damage the operation of the system, such as:
– complex surroundings (metal bridges, tunnels, roads with barriers at the edge, etc.);
– poor weather conditions (snow, hail, black ice, etc.).
Risk of false alarms or absence of warnings
In the event of the system behaving abnormally, deactivate it and consult an authorised dealer.
2.46
ENG_UD61190_2
Avertisseur d’angle mort (X10 - Renault)
BLIND SPOT WARNING (5/5)
Limitation of the system operation
The sensors must be kept clean and free of modifications in order for the system to operate correctly.
Small objects moving close to the vehicle (motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.) may not be recognised by the
system.
– When the vehicle enters corners and curves, the system may temporarily cease to detect vehicles in adjacent lanes.
– The system may not react when there is a significant difference in speed with other vehicles.
– If the vehicle is being overtaken by a long vehicle (e.g. heavy goods vehicle overtaking at a similar speed to the vehicle) the
system may interrupt the warning before the end of the manoeuvre.
– The vehicle is travelling on a winding road.
Deactivating the function
You must disable the function if:
– the sensors have been damaged (rear bumper);
– the vehicle is fitted with a towbar that is not recognised by the system.
overspeed warning ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
sign detection: overspeed warning .......(up to the end of the DU)
driving aids ...........................................(up to the end of the DU)
driver assistance...................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.47
ENG_UD58184_1
Détection des panneaux (X10 - Renault)
Note: make sure the windscreen is not
obscured (dirt, mud, snow, condensa-
tion etc.).
For vehicles which are equipped with it,
the system also uses information from
the navigation system.
Once the speed limiter is activated, you
can adjust the speed limiter indication
displayed by the system.
If the limit speed is exceeded, the dis-
play panel is modified to warn the driver.
Detection of road signs
DETECTION OF ROAD SIGNS (1/4)
For vehicles equipped with a navigation
system and if the vehicle is travelling in
a country where the speed units differ
from those of the vehicle, the system
displays the speed limit sign in the unit
of the country, alongside the speed limit
converted to the unit used by the vehi-
cle’s instrument panel.
For countries where the speed limit is
reduced during rainy weather on some
types of roads, on vehicles equipped
with a navigation system, the system
can modify the limited speed after a few
seconds of wiping the windscreen.
Special situations
The system does not take into account
exceptional speed limit measures, such
as peak pollution days.
1
The system detects speed limit signs
on the side of the road and displays the
speed limit on the instrument panel.
It mainly uses information taken from
the camera 1, attached to the wind-
screen behind the rear view mirror.
multifunction screen...............................................(current page)
2.48
ENG_UD58184_1
Détection des panneaux (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
DETECTION OF ROAD SIGNS (2/4)
Activating/deactivating the
system
Vehicles fitted with a multimedia
screen.
Vehicle stationary, engine running,
from the multimedia screen 2 select
the “Settings” menu, “Vehicle” tab, the
Driving assistance menu, Traffic
signs”, then select “ON” or “OFF”.
With the function activated, depend-
ing on local regulations, you can acti-
vate the “Risk area display” option. The
system will notify you of the distance
separating you from this zone, and
while you are travelling in the zone.
Vehicles not fitted with a multimedia
screen
– With the vehicle stationary, press
switch 3, as many times as required
to reach the “Vehicle” tab;
– press the 4 or 5 control repeatedly to
reach the “Settings” menu. Press the
switch 6 OK;
– press the 4 or 5 control repeatedly to
reach the “DRIVING ASSIST” menu.
Press the switch 6 OK;
– press the 4 or 5 control repeatedly
to reach the “Speed alert” menu and
press the 6 OK switch;
press the 6 OK switch to activate or
deactivate the function:
= function activated
< function deactivated
3
4
5
6
2
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.49
ENG_UD58184_1
Détection des panneaux (X10 - Renault)
DETECTION OF ROAD SIGNS (3/4)
Operation
Warning lights
The function displays the following
warning lights:
7 Speed limit road signs
8 Additional road signs (start or end
of “No overtaking zone, slip road
speed limit, speed in case of a cara-
van, speed limit with length of appli-
cation, etc.)
7
8
If the speed limit is exceeded, the circle
around the panel flashes (7 warning
light) along with a sound signal to warn
the driver.
Varying the limit speed
If the speed limit notification differs from
the detected speed value, press and
hold the following switches:
9 (RES/+) to increase the notification
speed to the detected speed;
10 (SET/-) to reduce the notification
speed to the detected speed.
10
9
operating faults ......................................................(current page)
faults
operating faults ................................................(current page)
2.50
ENG_UD58184_1
Détection des panneaux (X10 - Renault)
This function is an additional driving aid. This function is not under any
circumstances intended to replace the due care and attention of the
driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle.
The driver should always adapt their speed to the traffic conditions, re-
gardless of the system indications.
The system enables maximum speed signs to be detected and does not detect
other signs.
The driver should not, however, ignore signs which are not detected by the system
and should as a priority comply with the traffic signage and the highway code.
In the event of poor visibility (fog, snow, frost, etc.), it is possible that the system
may not indicate the correct speed to the driver.
The driver should always adapt their speed to the traffic conditions, regardless of
the system indications.
Operating faults
The system cannot detect the speed
limit if:
– the windscreen is not clean;
– the camera is blinded by the sun;
– there is insufficient visibility (night,
fog etc.);
– the signs are not legible (snow, etc.)
or are hidden (by another vehicle or
by trees);
– the information taken from the navi-
gation system is not up to date.
DETECTION OF ROAD SIGNS (4/4)
speed limiter .........................................(up to the end of the DU)
cruise control-speed limiter...................(up to the end of the DU)
cruise control ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.51
ENG_UD57733_1
Limiteur de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
Speed limiter
Controls
1 Speed limiter On/Off switch.
2 Cruise control On/Off switch.
3 Switch to activate and decrease the
limit speed (SET/-).
4 Switch to activate and increase the
limit speed or to set the stored limit
speed (RES/+).
5 Speed limiter function standby (with
limited speed memory) (O).
The speed limiter function helps you
stay within the driving speed limit that
you choose, known as the limit speed.
SPEED LIMITER (1/4)
You can link the speed limiter to
the “Road sign detection” function.
2.47.
2
1
3
4
5
Driving
When a limit speed has been set but
not yet reached, driving is similar to
driving a vehicle without the speed lim-
iter function.
Once you have reached the stored
speed, no effort on the accelera-
tor pedal will allow you to exceed
the programmed speed except in an
emergency (refer to information on
“Exceeding the limit speed”).
2.52
ENG_UD57733_1
Limiteur de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
SPEED LIMITER (2/4)
To store the current speed, press the 4
switch (RES/+) or the 3 switch (SET/- ):
the limit speed replaces the dashes
and, depending on the vehicle, the 6
warning light appears in white.
The minimum stored speed is 20 mph
(30 km/h).
6
Switching on
Press switch 1. The 6 warning light ap-
pears in grey. The “Speed limiter ON”
message appears on the instrument
panel accompanied by dashes to indi-
cate that the speed limiter function is in
operation, waiting to store a limit speed.
1
3
4
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.53
ENG_UD57733_1
Limiteur de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
Limited speed cannot be maintained
When driving down a steep gradient,
the system may not maintain the limit
speed: the limit speed flashes in red
on the instrument panel and an audi-
ble signal sounds at regular intervals to
inform you of this situation.
Exceeding the limit speed
It is possible to exceed the limit speed
at any time. To do this: press the accel-
erator pedal firmly and fully (beyond
the resistance point).
While the speed is being exceeded, the
speed limiter flashes red on the instru-
ment panel. Then, release the accelera-
tor pedal: the speed limiter function will
return as soon as you reach a speed
lower than the memorised speed.
Cruise control/speed
limiter with Hill Descent
Control:
the function may act on the
braking system.
Cruise control/speed limiter with-
out Hill Descent Control:
The function never interacts with the
braking system.
Please note that you must always
keep your feet close to the pedals
in order to react in an emergency.
If the speed limiter is not
available (after several at-
tempts to activate), contact
an approved dealer.
SPEED LIMITER (3/4)
Varying the limit speed
The limit speed may be changed by
pressing repeatedly or holding down:
switch 4 (RES/+) to increase speed;
switch 3 (SET/-) to reduce speed.
3
4
2.54
ENG_UD57733_1
Limiteur de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
SPEED LIMITER (4/4)
Putting the function on
standby
The speed limiter function is suspended
when you press switch 5 (O). The limit
speed is stored and displayed in grey
on the instrument panel.
Recalling the limit speed
If a speed has been stored, it can be re-
called by pressing the 4 switch.
Switching off the function
The speed limiter function is inter-
rupted:
when you press the 1 switch. In this
case, the speed is no longer stored;
when you press the 2 switch. In this
case the cruise control is selected
and there is no stored speed.
The warning light 6 disappears from the
instrument panel and the Limiter OFF
message appears to confirm that the
function is disabled.
When the speed limiter is set to
standby, pressing the 3 switch re-
activates the function without taking
into account the memorised speed:
the speed at which the vehicle is
moving is taken into account.
6
2
1
3
4
5
cruise control ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
cruise control-speed limiter...................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.55
ENG_UD61202_2
Régulateur de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
Cruise control
The cruise control function helps you to
maintain your driving speed at a speed
that you choose, called the cruising
speed.
This cruising speed may be set at any
speed above 19 mph (30 km/h).
This function is an addi-
tional driving aid. The func-
tion does not take the place
of the driver.
Therefore, it can under no circum-
stances replace the driver’s respon-
sibility to respect speed limits and to
be vigilant (the driver must always
be ready to brake).
Cruise control must not be used in
heavy traffic, on undulating or slip-
pery roads (black ice, aquaplan-
ing, gravel) and during bad weather
(fog, rain, side winds etc.).
There is a risk of accidents.
Controls
1 Cruise control On/Off switch.
2 Switch to activate and decrease
cruising speed (SET/-).
3 Switch to activate and increase
cruising speed or to recall the mem-
orised cruising speed (RES/+).
4 Switch the function to standby (with
cruising speed saved) (0).
5 Speed limiter On/Off switch.
CRUISE CONTROL (1/5)
1
5
2
3
4
2.56
ENG_UD61202_2
Régulateur de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Driving
Once a cruising speed is registered
and the cruise control function is active,
you may lift your foot off the accelera-
tor pedal.
Please note that you must
keep your foot close to the
pedals in order to react in
an emergency.
Activating cruise control
At a steady speed above approximately
19 mph (30 km/h), press the 2 (SET/-)
switch or the 3 (RES/+) switch : the
function is activated and the current
speed is taken into account.
The cruising speed replaces the
dashes. Cruise control is confirmed
when the memorised speed and warn-
ing light appear in green 6.
If you try to activate the function below
19 mph (30 km/h), the message “Invalid
Speed” will be displayed and the func-
tion will remain inactive.
Switching on
Press switch 1.
The 6 warning light appears in grey.
The “Cruise control ON” message ap-
pears on the instrument panel accom-
panied by dashes to indicate that the
cruise control function is in operation
and waiting to memorise a cruising
speed.
CRUISE CONTROL (2/5)
6
1
5
2
3
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.57
ENG_UD61202_2
Régulateur de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
CRUISE CONTROL (3/5)
Exceeding the cruising speed
The cruising speed may be exceeded
at any time by depressing the accelera-
tor pedal.
While it is being exceeded, the cruising
speed flashes on the instrument panel.
Then, release the accelerator pedal:
after a few seconds, the vehicle will
automatically return to its set cruising
speed.
Cruising speed cannot be
maintained
When driving down a steep gradient,
the system is unable to maintain the
cruising speed: the stored speed will
flash on the instrument panel informa-
tion display to inform you of this situ-
ation.
Adjusting the cruising speed
The cruising speed may be changed by
pressing the following repeatedly:
the 2 switch (SET/-) to reduce the
speed;
the 3 switch (RES/+) to increase the
speed.
Note: press and hold one of the
switches to modify speed by succes-
sive increments.
If the cruise control is no
longer available (after sev-
eral attempts to activate it),
contact an approved dealer.
Cruise control/speed
limiter with Hill Descent
Control:
the function may act on the
braking system.
Cruise control/speed limiter with-
out Hill Descent Control:
The function never interacts with the
braking system.
Please note that you must always
keep your feet close to the pedals
in order to react in an emergency.
2
3
2.58
ENG_UD61202_2
Régulateur de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Returning to the cruising speed
If a speed is stored, it can be recalled,
once you are sure that the road condi-
tions are suitable (traffic, road surface,
weather conditions, etc.). Press the
switch 3 (RES/+) if the vehicle speed is
above 19 mph (30 km/h).
When the speed is stored, cruise con-
trol activation s confirmed by display of
the cruising speed and, depending on
the vehicle, the 6 warning light is dis-
played.
Putting the function on
standby
The function is set to standby if you:
4 switch (0);
the brake pedal;
move to the neutral position.
The cruising speed is stored and dis-
played in grey on the instrument panel.
CRUISE CONTROL (4/5)
NB: if the speed previously stored is
much higher than the current speed,
the vehicle will accelerate more rapidly
to reach this threshold.
When the cruise control is set to
standby, pressing switch 2 (SET/-) re-
activates the cruise control function
without taking into account the stored
speed: it is the speed at which the vehi-
cle is moving that is taken into account.
6
2
3
4
The cruise control switches to
standby each time the ECO mode is
activated or deactivated 2.13.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.59
ENG_UD61202_2
Régulateur de vitesse (X10 - Renault)
CRUISE CONTROL (5/5)
Putting the cruise control
on standby or switching it
off does not cause a rapid
reduction in speed: you
must brake by depressing the brake
pedal.
Switching off the function
The cruise control function is inter-
rupted:
when you press the 1 switch. In this
case, the speed is no longer stored;
when you press the 5 switch. In this
case the speed limiter is selected
and there is no stored speed.
The 6 warning light disappears from the
instrument panel and the Cruise con-
trol OFF” message appears to confirm
that the function is disabled.
6
1
5
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
electronic parking brake .......................(up to the end of the DU)
handbrake..............................................................(current page)
parking brake ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
stopping the engine ..............................(up to the end of the DU)
ignition switch .......................................(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
indicators:
instrument panel .............................(up to the end of the DU)
instrument panel messages..................(up to the end of the DU)
2.60
ENG_UD58183_1
Autohold (X10 - Renault)
“AUTOHOLD” function
Conditions for interrupting the
braking force
The following conditions must be met:
the driver accelerates sufficiently
with a gear engaged;
or
the driver disables the function.
Warning light
goes out on the in-
strument panel.
“AUTOHOLDFUNCTION
Vehicle stopped (e.g. at a red light, an
intersection, a traffic jam, etc.), the func-
tion ensures braking force even when
the driver releases the brake pedal.
The braking force is released as soon
as the driver accelerates sufficiently
with a gear engaged.
Activation
Press switch 2.
The switch warning light 2 illuminates
to confirm that the function is activated.
Deactivation
Press the brake pedal and 2 switch si-
multaneously.
The switch warning light 2 turns off,
confirming that the function is deacti-
vated.
If the braking force is maintained, the
parking brake is applied automatically
when:
the driver exits the vehicle;
or
the vehicle is immobilised for more
than approximately three minutes.
Before leaving the vehicle,
check that the electronic
parking brake is fully ap-
plied. The indicator light on
switch 1 and the warning light
}
on the instrument panel illuminate to
show that the parking brake is ap-
plied and switch off when the doors
are locked.
1
Conditions for maintaining the
braking force
The following conditions must be met:
the seat belt for the driver is fas-
tened;
and
the electronic parking brake is re-
leased;
and
the vehicle is not stationary on a very
steep slope.
The maintained braking force is con-
firmed by the
warning light on
the instrument panel.
Upon each start-up, the function
continues the mode set at the time
the engine was last switched off.
2
parking distance control........................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
reversing sensor ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.61
ENG_UD61348_2
Aide au parking (X10 - Renault)
Parking distance control
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (1/4)
Operating principle
Ultrasonic sensors, indicated by
arrows 1, are fitted in the bumpers to
measure the distance between the ve-
hicle and an obstacle.
Depending on the vehicle, the system
detects obstacles to the front, the rear
and the sides of the vehicle.
The parking distance control system
is only activated when the vehicle is
driven at a speed below approximately
6 mph (10 km/h).
The parking distance control system
does not take into account towing and
load carrying systems etc.
This measurement is indicated by
beeps which become more frequent the
closer you come to the obstacle, until
they become a continuous beep when
the vehicle is approximately 20 to
30 centimetres from the obstacle.
1
Special features
Ensure that the ultrasonic sensors indi-
cated by arrows 1 are not obscured (by
dirt, mud, snow, etc.).
This function is an addi-
tional aid that indicates the
distance between the vehi-
cle and an obstacle whilst
reversing, using sound signals.
Under no circumstances should it
replace the driver’s care or respon-
sibility whilst reversing.
The driver should always be ready
for sudden incidents while driv-
ing: always ensure that there are
no small, narrow moving obstacles
(such as a child, animal, pushchair,
bicycle, stone, post, etc.) in the blind
spot when manoeuvring.
display ...................................................................(current page)
2.62
ENG_UD61348_2
Aide au parking (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (2/4)
Operation
Most objects located less near the
front, rear and sides of the vehicle are
detected.
Depending on the distance of the ob-
stacle, the frequency of the beep will
be higher while approaching it, and
will become a continuous beep around
20 cm away for obstacles to the sides,
and around 30 cm for obstacles to the
front or rear. The green, orange (or
yellow depending on the vehicle) and
red zones will be displayed on the C
display.
C
A B
2
Note: the display 2 shows the vehicle
surroundings and emits beeps.
It is necessary to travel a few metres
before the side detection is activated.
If all areas have a grey background, the
whole area around the vehicle is being
monitored:
A: analysis of the vehicle surround-
ings in progress;
B: analysis of the vehicle surround-
ings carried out.
An impact to the under-
side of the vehicle while
manoeuvring (e.g. strik-
ing a post, raised kerb or
other street furniture) may result in
damage to the vehicle (e.g. defor-
mation of an axle).
To avoid any risk of accident, have
your vehicle checked by an ap-
proved dealer.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.63
ENG_UD61348_2
Aide au parking (X10 - Renault)
D
Detection of obstacles to the side
Depending on the direction of the
wheels, the system determines the tra-
jectory of the vehicle and notifies the
driver of any risk or otherwise of a col-
lision with an obstacle 3 to the side of
the vehicle.
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (3/4)
If a side obstacle is detected:
the beeps become faster and then
sound continuously as the obstacle
gets nearer. Green, orange and red
zones will be displayed on the dis-
play D;
if there is no risk of collision, no beep
will sound when approaching the ob-
stacle. Green, orange and red zones
will be displayed interspersed on the
display D.
Note: in the event of a change in tra-
jectory during a manoeuvre, the risk of
collision with an obstacle may be sig-
nalled late.
4
Activation/deactivation
With the vehicle stationary and the
engine running, from the multimedia
screen 4, select the Settings menu,
select the “Vehicle” tab, select the
“Parking assistance” menu then select
ON or OFF to activate or deactivate
areas covered by the ultrasonic detec-
tors.
An impact to the underside of the vehicle while manoeuvring (e.g. striking a post, raised kerb or other street furniture)
may result in damage to the vehicle (e.g. deformation of an axle).
To avoid any risk of accident, have your vehicle checked by an approved Dealer.
3
2.64
ENG_UD61348_2
Aide au parking (X10 - Renault)
Adjustment
Depending on the vehicle, with the ve-
hicle stationary, engine running, some
settings can be adjusted from the multi-
media screen 4.
Please refer to the multimedia instruc-
tions for further information.
Select “Settings”, “Parking assistance”.
Parking distance control audio
volume
Select “Settings”, “Parking assistance”,
“Sound”. Adjust the volume of the park-
ing distance control by pressing + or -.
System sound
Enables the system sound to be
chosen. Select “Settings”, “Parking as-
sistance”, “Sound”.
Deactivating the system sound
Activate or deactivate the parking dis-
tance control sound.
Note: if you deactivate the sound, you
will no longer be notified with beeps
when approaching an obstacle.
PARKING DISTANCE CONTROL (4/4)
When the vehicle is travelling at a
speed below approximately 6 mph
(10 km/h), some noises (motorcy-
cle, lorry, pneumatic drill etc.) may
trigger the beeping sound of the
parking distance control.
Deactivating the parking
distance control manually
If towing, carrying or trailer equipment is
present in front of the ultrasonic detec-
tors, you must deactivate the system.
Parking distance control
automatic deactivation
The system deactivates:
when the vehicle speed is above ap-
proximately 6 mph (10 km/h);
depending on the model, when the
vehicle is stationary for more than
approximately 5 seconds and an ob-
stacle is detected (such as when in a
traffic jam, etc.);
when you are in position N.
Operating faults
If the system detects an operating fault,
a beep sounds for approximately three
seconds each time the reverse gear is
selected and the message “Check park-
ing distance control” appears on the in-
strument panel. Check that your ultra-
sonic sensors are clean. If the message
remains, contact an approved dealer.
An impact to the under-
side of the vehicle while
manoeuvring (e.g. strik-
ing a post, raised kerb or
other street furniture) may result in
damage to the vehicle (e.g. defor-
mation of an axle).
To avoid any risk of accident, have
your vehicle checked by an ap-
proved dealer.
parking distance control........................(up to the end of the DU)
rear view camera ..................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.65
ENG_UD57736_1
Caméra de recul (X10 - Renault)
Reversing camera
REVERSING CAMERA (1/2)
3
C
B
A
4
2
1
Operation
When the vehicle is reversing, the
camera 1 on the luggage compart-
ment lid transmits a view of the area
surrounding the rear of the vehicle to
the multimedia display 2 accompanied
by two guiding lines 3 and 4 (fixed and
mobile).
This system uses several guidelines for
its operation (mobile for trajectory and
fixed for distance). When the red zone
is reached, use the bumper image to
stop accurately.
Fixed clearance gauge 3
The fixed clearance gauge comprises
coloured markers A, B and C indicating
the distance behind the vehicle:
A (red) approximately 30 centimetres
from the vehicle;
B (yellow) approximately 70 centime-
tres from the vehicle;
C (green) approximately 150 centi-
metres from the vehicle.
This gauge remains fixed and indicates
the vehicle trajectory if the wheels are
in line with the vehicle.
4 moving guide line:
This is shown in blue on the multime-
dia screen 2. It indicates the vehicle tra-
jectory according to the position of the
steering wheel.
Special feature
Make sure that the camera is not ob-
scured (by dirt, mud, snow, condensa-
tion etc.).
2.66
ENG_UD57736_1
Caméra de recul (X10 - Renault)
REVERSING CAMERA (2/2)
2
This function is an additional
aid. It cannot, therefore,
under any circumstances
replace the vigilance or the
responsibility of the driver.
The driver should always be ready
for sudden incidents while driv-
ing: always ensure that there are
no small, narrow moving obstacles
(such as a child, animal, pushchair,
bicycle, stone, post, etc.) in the blind
spot when manoeuvring.
Each time the vehicle is started,
the function continues the mode
saved the last time the engine was
stopped.
Activating, deactivating the
reversing camera
With the vehicle stationary and the
engine running, from the multimedia
screen 2 you can add or remove the
guides and adjust the camera image
settings (brightness, contrast etc.).
Please refer to the multimedia instruc-
tions for further information.
The screen shows a reverse mirror
image.
The frames are a representation
projected on a flat surface. This in-
formation is to not be taken into ac-
count when superimposed on a
vertical object or an object on the
ground.
Objects which appear on the edge
of the screen may be deformed.
In very bright light (snow, vehicle in
sunshine, etc.), the camera vision
may be adversely affected.
If the boot is open or poorly closed,
the message “Tailgate open ap-
pears and the camera display dis-
appears.
parking assistance: assisted parking ....(up to the end of the DU)
assisted parking....................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving aids ...........................................(up to the end of the DU)
driver assistance...................................(up to the end of the DU)
driving ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
2.67
ENG_UD58185_1
Stationnement assisté (X10 - Renault)
Assisted parking
ASSISTED PARKING (1/5)
Using ultrasonic detectors as indicated
by the 3 arrows installed in the vehicle
bumpers, this function helps to find ac-
cessible parking spaces and assists in
the parking manoeuvre.
Remove your hands from the steering
wheel, you only control:
– the accelerator pedal;
– the brake pedal;
– the gear lever.
You can retake control at any time by
operating the steering wheel.
Switching on
While the engine is running, vehicle
stationary or driving at less than ap-
proximately 19 mph (30 km/h):
– press switch 2. The indicator light in
switch 2 lights up and display A ap-
pears on the multimedia screen 1.
– set the direction indicator to the side
of the vehicle where you want to
park.
A
Special features
Ensure that the ultrasonic sensors indi-
cated by arrows 3 are not obscured (by
dirt, mud, snow, etc.).
3
2
1
2.68
ENG_UD58185_1
Stationnement assisté (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ASSISTED PARKING (2/5)
Choice of manoeuvre
The system can perform four types of
manoeuvres:
– parallel parking;
– perpendicular parking;
– angle parking;
– moving out of a parallel parking
space.
From the 1 multimedia screen, select
the manoeuvre to carry out.
Operation
Parking
As long as the vehicle speed is less
than 19 mph (30 km/h), the system
searches for available parking spaces
on the side of the vehicle chosen by the
driver.
Note: if parking spaces are available
on the other side of the vehicle, set the
direction indicator to the other direc-
tion to enable the system to search for
spaces.
Once a space has been found, it is dis-
played on the multimedia screen, indi-
cated by a small letter “P”. Drive slowly,
with the direction indicators activated
on the side where the space is avail-
able, until the Stop” message is dis-
played and a beep sounds.
Note: when starting the vehicle, or after
having successfully completed parallel
parking using the system, the default
manoeuvre proposed by the system is
assistance in exiting a parallel parking
space. In other cases, the default ma-
noeuvre can be set from the multimedia
screen 1. Please refer to the multime-
dia instructions for further information.
The system start up is accompa-
nied by activation of the parking dis-
tance control and, on those vehicles
equipped, the reversing camera to
help the driver visualise the ma-
noeuvre. 2.61, 2.65.
2
1
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.69
ENG_UD58185_1
Stationnement assisté (X10 - Renault)
ASSISTED PARKING (3/5)
– Release the steering wheel;
– carry out manoeuvres at the front
and rear by following the instructions
shown on the multimedia screen 1
and using the parking distance con-
trol system alerts.
Your speed should not exceed around 4
mph (7 km/h).
Once the vehicle is in a position to exit
the parking space, the
warning
light disappears from the instrument
panel and a sound signal and message
appear on the multimedia screen 1 to
confirm that the manoeuvre is com-
plete.
Exiting a parallel parking space
– Briefly press the 2 switch;
Select Exit parallel parking space”
mode;
activate the direction indicator on the
side you wish to go out of;
press and hold switch 2 (approx. two
seconds).
The indicator light
lights up
on the instrument panel and a beep
sounds.
The space is then indicated on the mul-
timedia screen by a capital letter “P”.
– Stop the vehicle;
– select reverse gear.
The indicator light
lights up
on the instrument panel and a beep
sounds.
– Release the steering wheel;
– follow the instructions shown on the
multifunction screen 1.
Your speed should not exceed around 4
mph (7 km/h).
Once the warning light
on the
instrument panel goes off and a beep
sounds, the manoeuvre has been com-
pleted.
This function is an addi-
tional driving aid.
Therefore, it can under no
circumstances replace the
drivers vigilance and responsibility
during manoeuvres (the driver must
always be ready to brake).
When manoeuvring, the
steering wheel may turn
quickly: do not put your
hands inside, and make
sure that nothing is caught inside.
2
1
2.70
ENG_UD58185_1
Stationnement assisté (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Suspending/Resuming the
manoeuvre
The manoeuvre is suspended in the fol-
lowing circumstances:
– you take control of the wheel;
– the vehicle is stationary for too long;
– an obstacle in the direction of move-
ment prevents the manoeuvre from
being completed;
– the engine stops;
– a door or the luggage compartment
is opened.
ASSISTED PARKING (4/5)
The warning light on the 2 switch turns
off and the
warning light disap-
pears from the instrument panel and a
sound signal confirms that the manoeu-
vre has been suspended. The reason
for suspending the manoeuvre will be
displayed on the multimedia screen 1.
Make sure:
– you have released the steering
wheel;
and
– that all doors and the boot are closed;
and
– that no obstacles are in the way of
the direction of movement;
and
– that the engine is started.
If the warning light on the 2 switch
flashes, this indicates that the system
is once again available to resume the
manoeuvre.
To resume the manoeuvre, press and
hold the 2 switch. The warning light on
the 2 switch comes on and
is
displayed on the instrument panel.
Follow the instructions shown on the
multimedia screen 1.
Cancelling the manoeuvre
The manoeuvre is cancelled in the fol-
lowing cases:
– the vehicle speed has exceeded 4
mph (7 km/h);
– by pressing switch 2;
– you have performed more than ten
forwards/backwards movements in
one manoeuvre;
– the parking distance control sensors
are dirty or blocked;
– the vehicle wheels have skidded;
– the manoeuvre has been suspended
for too long.
The warning light on the 2 switch turns
off and the
warning light disap-
pears from the instrument panel and a
sound signal confirms that the manoeu-
vre has been cancelled. The reason for
cancelling the manoeuvre will be dis-
played on the multimedia screen 1.
2
1
Jaune Noir Noir texte
2.71
ENG_UD58185_1
Stationnement assisté (X10 - Renault)
ASSISTED PARKING (5/5)
This function is an additional driving aid. This function is not under any circumstances intended to replace the due care
and attention of the driver, who should at all times be in control of the vehicle. Make sure that the manoeuvre complies
with the applicable traffic regulations in your location.
The driver should always be ready for sudden incidents while driving: always ensure that there are no small, narrow
moving obstacles (such as a child, animal, pushchair, bicycle, stone, post, towing equipment, etc.) in the blind spot when
manoeuvring.
System servicing/repairs
– In the event of an impact, the alignment of the sensors may be changed and their operation may consequently be affected.
Deactivate the function and consult an authorised dealer.
– Any work in the area where the sensors are located (repairs, replacements, exterior trim modifications, etc.) must be carried
out by a qualified professional.
Only an authorised dealer is qualified to service the system.
In the event of system disturbance
Certain conditions may disrupt or impair operation of the system, such as poor weather conditions (snow, hail, ice etc.).
In the event of the system behaving abnormally, deactivate it and consult an authorised dealer.
Risk of erroneous false alarms.
Limitations of the system operation
– The system cannot detect objects located in the sensor blind spots.
– Always visually check that the parking space proposed by the system is still available and contains no obstacles.
– The system should not be used when towing a trailer or when there is a towing or load carrying system on the vehicle or on
surrounding vehicles.
2.72
ENG_UD57681_1
Filler NU (X10 - Renault)
3.1
ENG_UD61940_2
Sommaire 3 (X10 - Renault)
Section 3: Your comfort
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2
Manual air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4
Automatic climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7
Air conditioning: programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11
Air conditioning: information and advice on use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13
Electric windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15
Interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Sun visor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17
Passenger compartment storage, fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.18
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
Accessories socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.21
Rear bench seat: functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.23
Rear parcel shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.24
Luggage cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.25
Luggage compartment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.26
Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.26
Transporting objects in the luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.27
Multimedia equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.28
air vents ................................................(up to the end of the DU)
3.2
ENG_UD57739_1
Aérateurs (sorties d’air) (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Air Vents
AIR VENTS: air outlets (1/2)
1 side air vent.
2 side demister outlet.
3 windscreen demisting vents.
4 centre air vents.
5 passenger footwell heater outlets.
6 control panel.
1
1
3
5
65
2
2
4
Jaune Noir Noir texte
3.3
ENG_UD57739_1
Aérateurs (sorties d’air) (X10 - Renault)
AIR VENTS: air outlets (2/2)
To remove bad odours from your ve-
hicles, only use the systems designed
for this purpose. Consult an approved
Dealer.
Do not add anything to the
vehicle’s ventilation circuit
(for example, to remove
bad odours).
There is a risk of damage or of
fire.
Side air vents
Air flow
To open air vent 1, press on the air vent
(point 7) until it is open as far as re-
quired.
Direction
To direct the air flow, swivel side air
vent 1.
Centre air vents.
Direction
Move cursors 4 to the required position.
1
7
4
air conditioning .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
heating system .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
air conditioning .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
temperature regulation .........................(up to the end of the DU)
ventilation .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
3.4
ENG_UD61203_2
Air conditionné manuel (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Manual air conditioning
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING (1/3)
The controls
1 Adjusting the air temperature.
2 “Clear View” function.
3 Push button to adjust fan speed and
stop the system.
4 Air-conditioning activation control.
5 Passenger compartment air distribu-
tion adjustment.
6 Air recirculation.
7 De-icing/demisting of the rear screen
and, depending on the vehicle, the
door mirrors.
Heating or air-conditioning can only be
used while the engine is running.
Some buttons have an operating
tell-tale which indicates the operat-
ing status.
Switching air conditioning on
or off
(depending on vehicle)
The air conditioning is switched on (in-
dicator light on) or off (indicator light off)
using button 4.
The system cannot be switched on if
the control 3 is set to OFF.
The air conditioning system is used
for:
lowering the temperature inside the
passenger compartment;
eliminating condensation more
quickly.
Advice: to optimize vehicle range, de-
activate the air conditioning when the
outside temperature is comfortable.
Adjusting the ventilation
speed
Turn the control 3 to one of the eight
positions to start the ventilation system
and adjust the power.
Position OFF
In this position:
the air conditioning switches off au-
tomatically;
the ventilation speed of air in the
passenger compartment is zero;
there is, however, a slight flow of air
when the vehicle is moving.
This position should not normally be
used.
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
Jaune Noir Noir texte
3.5
ENG_UD61203_2
Air conditionné manuel (X10 - Renault)
Rear screen de-icing/
demisting
Press the 7 button: the integrated in-
dicator light comes on. This function
enables rapid demisting or de-icing of
the rear screen and de-icing of the door
mirrors (on equipped vehicles).
To exit this function, press button 7
again. Demisting automatically stops.
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING (2/3)
Adjusting the air temperature
Turn the control 1 to one of the eight
positions to set the temperature. The
further towards the red the slide is, the
higher the temperature will be.
When the air conditioning system is
used for long periods, it may begin to
feel cold. To increase the temperature,
turn control 1 to the right.
Recommendations
In the event of freezing, manu-
ally de-ice the windscreen using a
scraper rather than the de-icing/de-
misting function in order to reduce
your energy consumption.
Adjusting the distribution
of air in the passenger
compartment
Turn control 5 to choose the distribution
option.
Ø
All the air is then directed to
the windscreen and front side
window demisting vents.
½
All the air flow is directed to the
dashboard vents.
¿
The air flow is directed mainly
towards the footwells.
3
7
5
1
3.6
ENG_UD61203_2
Air conditionné manuel (X10 - Renault)
MANUAL AIR CONDITIONING (3/3)
The demisting/de-icing will still take
priority over the air recirculation.
Switching the air
recirculation on
Press button 6: the integrated indicator
light comes on. In these conditions, air
is taken from the passenger compart-
ment and is recycled, with no air being
taken from outside the vehicle.
Air recirculation is for:
isolating the vehicle from the exter-
nal atmosphere (driving in polluted
areas, etc.);
lowering the passenger compart-
ment temperature as quickly as pos-
sible.
Stopping the system
Press button 3.
Prolonged use of air recirculation
can lead to condensation forming on
the side windows and windscreen,
and discomfort due to the use of
non-renewed air in the passenger
compartment. We therefore advise
you to return to normal mode (exter-
nal air) as soon as the air recircula-
tion function is no longer required,
by pressing the button 6 again.
Clear View function
Press the 2 button: the integrated indi-
cator light comes on.
This system quickly demists and de-
ices the windscreen and the front side
windows. It requires the automatic
usage of the air-conditioning or the
heating.
To exit this function, select one of
the adjustments (distribution, ventila-
tion speed, temperature, recycling) re-
quired.
2
6
3
air conditioning .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
heating system .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
air conditioning .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
temperature regulation .........................(up to the end of the DU)
ventilation .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
3.7
ENG_UD61205_2
Climatisation automatique (X10 - Renault)
Automatic climate control
The controls
(depending on the vehicle)
1 Adjusting the ventilation fan speed.
2 “Clear View” function.
3 Adjusting the air temperature.
4 Automatic mode.
5 Air conditioning control.
6 Distribution of air in the passenger
compartment.
7 Air recirculation.
8 De-icing/demisting of the rear screen
and, depending on the vehicle, the
rear view mirrors.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (1/4)
Adjusting the ventilation
speed.
In automatic mode, the system uses
the most suitable amount of air to reach
and maintain the desired comfort level.
You can still adjust the ventilation
speed by turning control 1 to increase
or reduce the ventilation speed.
Adjusting the air temperature
Turn control 3 to obtain the desired
temperature.
Turning the control to the right in-
creases the temperature.
Note: reducing the comfort level by
turning the control 3 to the left increases
the vehicle range
Automatic mode
The automatic climate control system
guarantees comfort in the passen-
ger compartment and good visibility
(except in the event of extreme condi-
tions), while optimising consumption.
The system controls the ventilation
speed, air distribution, air recirculation,
and starting and stopping the air condi-
tioning and air temperature.
AUTO: allows the selected comfort
level to be best attained, depending on
the exterior conditions. Press button 4.
1
2 3
4 5 6
7
8
Any action on a button other than
the AUTO button triggers deactiva-
tion of automatic mode.
3.8
ENG_UD61205_2
Climatisation automatique (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Clear View function
Press the 2 button: the integrated indi-
cator light comes on.
This function quickly de-mists the wind-
screen, rear screen, front side windows
and door mirrors (depending on the
vehicle). The air conditioning and rear
screen de-icing functions must be ac-
tivated.
Press button 8 to stop the heated rear
screen operating, and the integrated in-
dicator goes out.
To exit this function, press button 2
or 4.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (2/4)
ö
The air flow is directed towards
the dashboard air vents, the
front footwells and, depending on the
vehicle, the second row footwells.
ô
The air flow is mainly directed
to the dashboard air vents.
ó
The air flow is directed mainly
towards the footwells.
Adjusting the distribution
of air in the passenger
compartment
Turn control 6. The integrated warning
light in the button comes on.
W
All the air is then directed to
the windscreen and front side
window demisting vents.
The air flow is distributed be-
tween front side window de-
misting vents, the windscreen demist-
ing vents and the footwells.
Some buttons have an operating
tell-tale which indicates the operat-
ing status.
2
4 6
8
Jaune Noir Noir texte
3.9
ENG_UD61205_2
Climatisation automatique (X10 - Renault)
Rear screen de-icing/
demisting
Press the 8 button: the integrated in-
dicator light comes on. This function
enables rapid demisting or de-icing of
the rear screen and de-icing of the rear
view mirrors (on equipped vehicles).
To exit this function, press button 8
again. Demisting automatically stops.
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (3/4)
Switching air conditioning on
or off
In automatic mode, the system switches
the air conditioning system on or off,
depending on the climate conditions.
Press the button 5 to force the air con-
ditioning to stop. The integrated warn-
ing light will go out.
5
8
3.10
ENG_UD61205_2
Climatisation automatique (X10 - Renault)
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (4/4)
Stopping the system
Turn the control 1 to OFFto stop the
system. To start it, turn the control 1
again, then adjust the fan speed or
press the button 4.
The demisting/de-icing will still take
priority over the air recirculation.
Manual use
Press the 7 button: the integrated indi-
cator light comes on.
Prolonged use of this position may lead
to odours, caused by non-renewal of
air, and the formation of condensation
on the windows.
We therefore advise you to return to au-
tomatic mode as soon as air recircula-
tion is no longer needed, by pressing
button 7.
Air recirculation (isolation of
the passenger compartment)
This function is managed automatically
(operation is confirmed by a warning
light on button 7), but you can also acti-
vate it manually.
1
4
7
heating system .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
heating/air conditioning programming ..(up to the end of the DU)
heating, air conditioning: programming (up to the end of the DU)
3.11
ENG_UD61575_2
Conditionnement d’air : programmation (X10 - Renault)
Air conditioning: programming
AIR CONDITIONING: programming (1/2)
Drivers responsibility
when parking or stopping
the vehicle
Never leave an animal,
child or adult who is not self-suffi-
cient alone on your vehicle, even for
a short time.
In hot and/or sunny weather, please
remember that the temperature
inside the passenger compartment
increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
With the engine running and the ve-
hicle stationary, use the multimedia
screen 1 to select the “Settings” menu,
“Vehicle tab, then the EV program-
ming” menu and the “Climate” tab 4.
Setting the start time for the
function
Press “Edit” 3 to access the comfort
settings.
You may store multiple comfort pro-
grams.
1
EV programming
OFF
ClimateCharge Calendar
Program
Edit
4
L M M J V S D
L M M J V S D
3
A
2
From this menu, you can adjust the
temperature 2 and activate/deactivate
the saved programmes.
Select the programme time 6 that you
wish to change to access the settings.
Note:
You can deactivate the comfort pro-
grams by pressing “OFF”;
the minimum time period between
each programme is 2 hours;
the selected temperature is dis-
played on the menu 5.
Programmed times are displayed in
area A.
Comfort programs
Comfort programme 1
Temperature
06:00 AM L M M J V S D
09:00 AM L M M J V S D
Comfort programme 2
5
Ready to
Ready to
6
3.12
ENG_UD61575_2
Conditionnement d’air : programmation (X10 - Renault)
Drivers responsibility
when parking or stopping
the vehicle
Never leave an animal,
child or adult who is not self-suffi-
cient alone on your vehicle, even for
a short time.
In hot and/or sunny weather, please
remember that the temperature
inside the passenger compartment
increases very quickly.
RISK OF DEATH OR SERIOUS
INJURY.
AIR CONDITIONING: programming (2/2)
“Programme” activation
The function is triggered two hours
prior to the programmed time in order
to reach a comfortable temperature, if:
the vehicle is connected to the elec-
trical supply;
the bonnet is closed;
the traction battery charge level is
over 20%;
the doors are closed and locked;
the engine is stopped.
Warning light
comes on the in-
strument panel.
Immediate activation of the
air-conditioning
It is possible to carry out immediate
starting of the air conditioning, if:
the bonnet is closed;
the traction battery charge level is
over 40%;
the doors are closed and locked;
the engine is stopped.
With the engine running and the ve-
hicle stationary, use the multimedia
screen 1 to select the “Settings” menu,
“Vehicle tab, then the EV program-
ming” menu and the Climate tab 4.
Please refer to the multimedia instruc-
tions for further information.
Stopping the programmed air
conditioning
The air conditioning stops automati-
cally around ten minutes after the set
end time.
However, the function can be deacti-
vated if:
the charging socket is disconnected;
the traction battery charging level is
lower than 20%.
Note: any modification carried out
within 2 hours before a programmed
start must be cancelled and re-pro-
grammed in order to be registered.
air conditioning .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
heating and air conditioning system ......................(current page)
air conditioning .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
3.13
ENG_UD57745_1
Air conditionné : informations et conseils d’utilisation (X10 - Renault)
Air conditioning: information and advice on use
AIR CONDITIONING: information and operating instructions (1/2)
Do not open the refriger-
ant fluid circuit. The fluid
may damage eyes or skin.
Advice on use
In some situations, (air conditioning
off, air recirculation activated, ventila-
tion speed at zero or low, etc.) you may
notice that condensation starts to form
on the windows and windscreen.
If there is condensation, use the “Clear
View” function to remove it, then use
the air conditioning in automatic mode
to stop it forming again.
Maintenance
Refer to the Maintenance Document
for your vehicle for the inspection fre-
quency.
Range
It is normal to notice an increase in
energy usage when the air conditioning
is operating.
Recommendations to limit energy
consumption and maintain the
range of the vehicle:
Drive with the air vents open and the
windows closed. If the vehicle has been
parked in the sun, open the doors for a
few moments to let the hot air escape
before starting the engine.
It is preferable, before setting off, to
use of the programmed air conditioning
3.11.
Operating faults
As a general rule, contact your ap-
proved dealer in the event of an oper-
ating fault.
Reduction in de-icing, demisting
or air conditioning performance.
This may be caused by the passen-
ger compartment filter cartridge be-
coming clogged.
No hot or cold air is being pro-
duced. Check that the controls are
set correctly and that the fuses are
sound. Otherwise, switch off the
system.
Presence of water under the
vehicle
After prolonged use of the air condi-
tioning system, it is normal for water
to be present under the vehicle. This is
caused by condensation.
Use the air conditioning system reg-
ularly, even in cold weather, running
it at least once a month for approxi-
mately 5 minutes.
3.14
ENG_UD57745_1
Air conditionné : informations et conseils d’utilisation (X10 - Renault)
AIR CONDITIONING: information and operating instructions (2/2)
The refrigerant circuit may contain
fluorinated greenhouse gases.
Depending on the vehicle, you will find
the following information on label A af-
fixed inside the engine compartment.
The presence and location of the infor-
mation on label A depends on the ve-
hicle.
A
A
A
Do not open the refrigerant
fluid circuit. The fluid may
damage eyes or skin.
Ñ
Type of refrigerant fluid
Type of oil in the air condi-
tioning circuit
Inflammable product
Consult the drivers hand-
book
Maintenance
Quantity of refrigerant
fluid present in the ve-
hicle.
x.xxx kg
Glo bal Wa rmi ng
Potential (CO2 equi-
valent).
GWP xxxxx
Quantity in weight and
in CO2 equivalent.
CO2 eq
x.xx t
Before carrying out any
action in the engine com-
partment, you must switch
off the ignition. 2.2.
electric windows ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
children (safety) ....................................(up to the end of the DU)
child safety............................................(up to the end of the DU)
3.15
ENG_UD57746_1
Lève-vitres électriques (X10 - Renault)
Electric windows
ELECTRIC WINDOWS (1/2)
From the driver’s seat, use switch:
1 for the driver’s side;
2 for the front passenger side;
3 and 5 for the rear passenger win-
dows.
From the passenger seats, use
switch 6.
Note: if the window detects resistance
when closing (e.g.: branch of a tree,
etc.) it stops and then lowers again by a
few centimetres.
Electric windows
Press or pull the switch to raise or lower
a window to the desired height (the rear
windows do not open fully);
These systems operate with the igni-
tion on or off, until one of the front doors
is opened (limited to about 3 minutes).
1
2
3
4
5
6
Avoid resting any objects against
a half-open window: there is a risk
that the electric window could be
damaged.
Safety of rear occupants
The driver can prevent operation of the rear electric windows by pressing
switch 4. A confirmation message is displayed on the instrument panel.
Drivers responsibility
Never leave your vehicle with the card inside, when there is a child, dependent
adult or a pet on-board, even for a short while. They may pose a risk to them-
selves or to others by starting the engine or activating equipment (such as the
gear lever or electric windows). If any part of the body becomes trapped, reverse
the direction of the window immediately by pressing the relevant switch.
Risk of serious injury.
3.16
ENG_UD57746_1
Lève-vitres électriques (X10 - Renault)
ELECTRIC WINDOWS (2/2)
Operating faults
If a fault occurs when closing a window,
the system switches to normal mode:
lift the switch concerned as many times
as necessary until the window is fully
closed, release it. Press the switch
again (still on the closing side) for ap-
proximately one second to reset the
system.
If necessary, contact an approved
Dealer.
Manual window winder
controls
Turn handle 8.
8
When closing the windows,
ensure that no part of the
body (arm, hand, etc.) is
protruding from the vehicle.
Risk of serious injury.
One-touch mode
(depending on vehicle)
This mode works in addition to the
operation of the electric windows de-
scribed previously. It can be fitted to the
driver’s window.
Briefly press or pull the window switch
fully: the window is fully lowered or
raised. Pressing the switch again stops
the window moving.
lighting:
interior .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
courtesy light ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
map reading lights ................................(up to the end of the DU)
courtesy mirrors .....................................................(current page)
sun visor ................................................................(current page)
3.17
ENG_UD57747_1
Eclairage intérieur (X10 - Renault)
Interior lighting
Sun visor
INTERIOR LIGHTING, SUN VISOR
Unlocking and opening the doors or
tailgate switches on the timed cour-
tesy lights and lights.
Map reading light
(depending on the vehicle)
Press switch 1 of 2 for:
permanent lighting;
lighting switches off immediately.
Note: on vehicles fitted with a multime-
dia screen, you can use the multime-
dia screen to deactivate/activate the
reading lights which switch on when
the doors or luggage compartment are
opened. 1.87.
3
Luggage compartment light
Light 3 comes on when the luggage
compartment is opened.
5
Sun visor
Lower the sun visor 4 over the wind-
screen or unclip it and turn it over the
side window.
Courtesy mirrors
Slide cover 5.
The light 6 switches on automatically.
4
2
1
6
storage compartments ..........................(up to the end of the DU)
storage compartment............................(up to the end of the DU)
fittings ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
3.18
ENG_UD57748_1
Rangements / aménagements habitacle (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Central storage
compartment 3
Cup holder 4
Passenger compartment storage, fittings
Front door storage
compartments 1
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (1/3)
1
No object should be placed
on the floor (in front of the
driver). Such objects may
slide under the pedals
during sudden braking manoeuvres
and obstruct their use.
When turning corners,
accelerating or braking,
ensure that the recepta-
cle being held by the cup
holder is not dislodged.
There is a risk of burning if hot
liquid escapes.
Induction charging area 2
This is used to charge your phone with-
out the need for a cable. Please refer
to the multimedia instructions for further
information.
3
4
2
armrest:
front ..................................................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
3.19
ENG_UD57748_1
Rangements / aménagements habitacle (X10 - Renault)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (2/3)
Sun blind storage
compartment 5
Can be used to hold motorway toll tick-
ets, maps, etc.
5
Ensure that no hard, heavy
or pointed objects are
placed in the “open” storage
compartments in such a
way that they may fall onto passen-
gers during sudden turning, braking
or in the event of an accident.
6
7
Dashboard storage 6
Glove box
Pull handle 7 to open it.
It can hold A4 size documents, a large
bottle of water, etc.
glove box ...............................................................(current page)
3.20
ENG_UD57748_1
Rangements / aménagements habitacle (X10 - Renault)
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT STORAGE, FITTINGS (3/3)
Ensure that no hard, heavy
or pointed objects are
placed in the “open” storage
compartments in such a
way that they may fall onto passen-
gers during sudden turning, braking
or in the event of an accident.
Rear door storage
compartment 9
9
Storage pocket 10 with side
opening
10
Grab handle 8
This offers support and can be held
when the vehicle is being driven.
Do not use it for getting into or out of
the vehicle.
8
ashtray ..................................................(up to the end of the DU)
accessories socket ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
3.21
ENG_UD57749_1
Cendriers (X10 - Renault)
Ashtray
Accessories socket
ACCESSORIES SOCKET
Accessories sockets 1
They are provided for connecting ac-
cessories approved by our Technical
Department.
1
Connect accessories with
a maximum power of
120 watts (12 V) only.
When several accessory
sockets are used at the same time,
the total power of the connected
accessories must not exceed
180 watts.
Fire hazard.
1
headrest................................................(up to the end of the DU)
3.22
ENG_UD57750_1
Appuis-tête arrière (X10 - Renault)
REAR HEADRESTS
Position for use
Raise or lower the headrest while pull-
ing it towards the front of the vehicle.
To remove the headrest
Press the button A on the switch 1 and
remove the headrest.
To refit the headrest
Insert the headrest rods into the holes,
and lower the headrest to the first
notch. Check that it is correctly locked.
Storage position
Press the button A and lower the head-
rest completely.
When the headrest is set at the
lowest position (position B), this is
for storage only: it should not be in
this position when a seat is occupied.
The headrest is a safety
component; check that it is
fitted and in the correct po-
sition. The top of the head-
rest should be as close as possible
to the top of the head.
B
1
A
rear bench seat......................................................(current page)
rear seats
functions ..........................................................(current page)
3.23
ENG_UD57751_1
Banquette arrière : fonctionnalités (X10 - Renault)
Rear bench seat: functions
Before moving the seatback, put
the seat belt in belt guide A to avoid
damaging it.
For safety reasons, carry
out any adjustments when
the vehicle is not being
driven.
The configuration of the two-seat
bench with the small seatback B
pulled down, does not allow the
central seat to be used as it would
be impossible to buckle the seat belt
(belt buckles inaccessible).
The seatback may be folded down to
allow bulky objects to be transported.
To fold down the seatback
Ensure that the front seats are far
enough forward.
Lower the headrests fully.
Place the seat belts in their guides A.
Press button 1 and lower the seat-
back B.
REAR BENCH SEAT: functions
B
A
1
To replace the seatback, proceed in
the reverse order to removal.
Refit the seatback and click it back into
place.
When moving the rear
seats, ensure that nothing
obstructs the anchorage
points (passenger’s arm or
leg, a pet, gravel, cloth, toys, etc.).
When refitting the seat-
back, make sure it is cor-
rectly locked in place.
If seat covers are fitted,
make sure these do not prevent the
seatback latch from locking in.
Make sure that the seat belts are
positioned correctly.
Reposition the headrests.
rear parcel shelf .....................................................(current page)
rear parcel shelf .....................................................(current page)
3.24
ENG_UD57752_1
Tablette arrière (X10 - Renault)
Rear parcel shelf
Do not place any objects,
especially heavy or hard
objects, on the parcel shelf.
These may pose a risk to
the vehicle occupants if the driver
has to brake suddenly or if the vehi-
cle is involved in an accident.
Rear parcel shelf
To remove:
lower the rear headrests;
unhook both straps 1;
lift the shelf 2 upwards to unclip;
REAR PARCEL SHELF
Maximum weight on rear parcel
shelf: 2 kg, evenly distributed.
1
2
push the shelf 2 inwards and turn it;
pull the shelf towards you.
To refit, proceed in the reverse order to
removal.
luggage compartment cover .................(up to the end of the DU)
luggage compartment ...........................(up to the end of the DU)
3.25
ENG_UD57753_1
Cache-bagages : versions société (X10 - Renault)
Luggage cover
The luggage compartment cover con-
sists of a rigid section A and a folding
section B.
The luggage cover is in the unfolded
position.
The luggage compartment cover is
removed.
To remove it: with the cover in the folded
position and holding it horizontally:
pull one side of the luggage com-
partment cover towards you, tilting it
slightly;
then pull the other side of the lug-
gage compartment cover to com-
pletely detach it from its housing.
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER: utility versions
Do not place any objects,
especially heavy or solid
objects on the luggage
compartment cover. These
may pose a risk to the vehicle occu-
pants if the driver has to brake sud-
denly or if the vehicle is involved in
an accident.
The luggage compartment cover is
in the folded position.
To fold it:
lift shelf A slightly and pull it towards
you to remove it;
then fold section B back on itself.
A
B
tailgate ..................................................(up to the end of the DU)
tailgate ..................................................(up to the end of the DU)
transporting objects
in the luggage compartment ............................(current page)
spoiler ....................................................................(current page)
3.26
ENG_UD57754_1
Coffre à bagages (X10 - Renault)
Luggage compartment
Spoiler
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT, SPOILER
Opening
Press button 1 and lift the tailgate.
Closing
Lower the luggage compartment lid,
depending on the vehicle, initially using
the inside handle to assist you.
1
Spoiler
It is forbidden to attach objects and/
or accessories (bike rack, etc.) to
spoiler A.
A
transporting objects
in the luggage compartment ...........(up to the end of the DU)
towing rings ...........................................................(current page)
3.27
ENG_UD57755_1
Transports d’objets dans le coffre (X10 - Renault)
Transporting objects in the luggage compartment
TRANSPORTING OBJECTS IN THE LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
Always position the heavi-
est items directly on the
floor. Use the lashing
points 1 on the boot floor, if
these are fitted to the vehicle. The
luggage should be loaded in such a
way that no items will be thrown for-
ward and strike the occupants if the
driver has to brake suddenly. Fasten
the rear seat belts, even if the seats
are not occupied.
1
Always position the objects transported
so that the largest surface is against:
The rear bench seatback for normal
loads (example A).
The front seatbacks with the rear
seatbacks folded down, as is the case
for maximum loads (example B).
If you have to place objects on the folded
seatback, it is necessary that you lower
the headrests before folding the seat-
back so that it can be folded as flat as
possible against the seat.
A
B
multimedia equipment ..........................(up to the end of the DU)
telephone ..............................................(up to the end of the DU)
navigation system .................................(up to the end of the DU)
hands-free telephone integrated control (up to the end of the DU)
navigation .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
radio......................................................(up to the end of the DU)
display ...................................................................(current page)
multimedia (equipment) ........................(up to the end of the DU)
3.28
ENG_UD57756_1
Equipement Multimédia (X10 - Renault)
Multimedia equipment
The presence and location of this equip-
ment depends on the vehicle version.
1 Multimedia touchscreen display;
2 Multimedia sockets;
3 Steering column control;
4 Voice commands;
5 Microphone.
Refer to the equipment instructions
for information on how to operate
this equipment.
Using the telephone
We remind you of the need
to conform to the legislation
in force concerning the use
of such equipment.
MULTIMEDIA EQUIPMENT
5
3
2
1
3
2
4
4.1
ENG_UD61941_2
Sommaire 4 (X10 - Renault)
Section 4: Maintenance
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2
Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.4
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
windscreen washer reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5
Secondary 12V battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.6
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.8
Bodywork maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.9
Interior trim maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.12
bonnet...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
maintenance:
mechanical ......................................(up to the end of the DU)
4.2
ENG_UD57758_1
Capot moteur (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
To open, pull handle 1, located on the
left-hand side of the dashboard.
Bonnet
BONNET (1/2)
1
In the event of even a slight
impact involving the radia-
tor grille or bonnet, have the
bonnet lock checked by an
authorised dealer as soon as pos-
sible.
Do not do any work under
the bonnet when the vehicle
is charging or when the igni-
tion is switched on.
Unlocking the bonnet catch
Lift the bonnet by several centimetres
and push lever 2 to the left.
2
When working in the engine
compartment, ensure that
the windscreen wiper stalk
is in the park position.
Risk of injury.
Please note when work-
ing close to the engine that
it may be hot. The engine
cooling fan may also start
at any moment. The
warning
light in the engine compartment re-
minds you of this.
Risk of injury.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
4.3
ENG_UD57758_1
Capot moteur (X10 - Renault)
Opening the bonnet
Lift the bonnet; you will need to guide it
as it is held by a strut.
Ensure that the bonnet is
properly locked.
Ensure that nothing is pre-
venting locking (grit, cloths,
etc.).
After carrying out any work
in the engine compart-
ment, check that nothing
has been left behind (cloth,
tools, etc.).
Otherwise, this may lead to engine
damage.
BONNET (2/2)
Closing the bonnet
Check that nothing has been left in the
engine compartment.
To close the bonnet again, hold the
bonnet in the middle and guide it down,
allowing a 30 cm gap before it is closed,
then release it. It will latch automatically
under its own weight.
Do not press down on the
bonnet: there is a risk that
the bonnet will close inad-
vertently.
coolant ...................................................................(current page)
levels:
coolant .............................................................(current page)
tanks and reservoirs
coolant .............................................................(current page)
4.4
ENG_UD57759_1
Niveaux (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Replacement intervals
Refer to the Maintenance Document for
your vehicle.
Levels
Coolant
LEVELS (1/2)
Coolant
The level is checked with the engine
switched off and on flat ground. The
level when cold must be between the
“MINI” and “MAXImarks on the cool-
ant reservoir 1.
Top this level up when cold before the
“MINI” mark is reached.
Checking intervals
Check the coolant level regularly
(very severe damage is likely to be
caused to the engine if it runs out of
coolant).
If the level needs to be topped up, only
use products approved by our Technical
Department which ensure:
protection against freezing;
anticorrosion protection of the cool-
ing system.
No operations should be
carried out on the cooling
circuit when the engine is
hot.
Risk of burns.
Consult your approved dealer at
once if you notice an abnormal or
repeated drop in any of the fluid
levels.
Do not do any work under
the bonnet when the vehicle
is charging or when the igni-
tion is switched on.
1
When working in the engine
compartment, ensure that
the windscreen wiper stalk
is in the park position.
Risk of injury.
Please note when work-
ing close to the engine that
it may be hot. The engine
cooling fan may also start
at any moment. The
label
in the engine compartment reminds
you of this.
Risk of injury.
brake fluid ..............................................................(current page)
levels:
brake fluid ........................................................(current page)
tanks and reservoirs
brake fluid ........................................................(current page)
windscreen washer ................................................(current page)
levels:
windscreen washer reservoir ...........................(current page)
tanks and reservoirs:
windscreen washer ..........................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
4.5
ENG_UD57759_1
Niveaux (X10 - Renault)
Brake fluid
windscreen washer reservoir
Windscreen washer
reservoir
Topping up
Open cap 3, fill until you can see the
fluid, then refit the cap.
Liquid
Screen wash product (product with
antifreeze in winter).
Jets
Use a tool such as a needle to adjust
the height of the windscreen washer
jets.
3
2
Brake fluid
The level should be read with the engine
switched off and on level ground. This
should be checked frequently, and im-
mediately if you notice even the slight-
est loss in braking efficiency.
Replacement intervals
Refer to the Maintenance Document for
your vehicle.
Topping up
After any operation on the hydraulic
circuit, a specialist must replace the
fluid. Only use fluids approved by our
Technical Department (and taken from
a sealed container).
Level 2
It is normal for the level to drop as
the linings become worn, but it should
never drop below the MIN warning
line.
If you wish to check the disc wear your-
self, you should obtain the document
explaining the checking procedure from
our network or from the manufacturer’s
website.
Consult your approved dealer at
once if you notice an abnormal or
repeated drop in any of the fluid
levels.
LEVELS (2/2)
When working in the engine
compartment, certain parts
may be hot. In addition,
the engine cooling fan can
come on at any moment.
Risk of burns or serious injury.
12 volt battery .......................................(up to the end of the DU)
12 volt battery
maintenance ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
4.6
ENG_UD57760_1
Batterie (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
The secondary battery is a 12 V battery:
this supplies the energy required to op-
erate vehicle equipment (lights, wind-
screen wipers, audio system, etc) and
certain safety systems, such as ABS.
You should not open it or add any
fluid.
Secondary 12V battery
SECONDARY 12 V BATTERY (1/2)
1
Do not do any work under
the bonnet when the vehicle
is charging or when the igni-
tion is switched on.
For your own safety and for
the proper operation of the
vehicle’s electrical equip-
ment (lights, windscreen
wipers, ABS, etc.), any interven-
tion on the secondary 12 V battery
(removal, disconnection, etc.) must
categorically be performed by a
specialist professional.
Risk of serious burns or electric
shocks.
Respect categorically the replace-
ment intervals (without exceeding
them) as stated in the maintenance
document.
The battery is a specific type.
Please ensure it is replaced with the
same type.
Contact an Authorised Dealer.
Maintenance/replacement
The charge status of the 12 volt bat-
tery 1 can decrease, especially if you
use your vehicle:
when the outside temperature drops;
after extended use of energy-con-
suming devices with the engine
switched off.
Please note when work-
ing close to the engine that
it may be hot. The engine
cooling fan may also start
at any moment. The
label
in the engine compartment reminds
you of this.
Risk of injury.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
4.7
ENG_UD57760_1
Batterie (X10 - Renault)
SECONDARY 12 V BATTERY (2/2)
Breakdown recovery
To avoid damaging your vehicle, do
not recharge the secondary 12 V
battery using:
an external battery charger;
a battery from another vehicle.
Please contact an Authorised
Dealer.
Do not disconnect the sec-
ondary 12 V battery.
Risk of serious burns or
electric shocks.
Do not use your electric vehicle to
restart the 12 volt battery in another
vehicle. The 12 volt electric power of
an electric vehicle is not enough to
perform such an operation.
Risk of damage to vehicle
A
2
3 4
567
Label A
Observe the indications on the battery.
2 naked flames and smoking are forbid-
den;
3 eye protection required;
4 keep away from children;
5 explosive materials;
6 please consult the vehicle user
manual;
7 corrosive substances.
tyre pressure.........................................(up to the end of the DU)
tyre pressures .......................................(up to the end of the DU)
tyres ......................................................(up to the end of the DU)
4.8
ENG_UD57761_1
Pression de gonflage des pneumatiques (X10 - Renault)
Tyre Pressure
TYRE PRESSURE
B : dimension of the tyres fitted to the
vehicle.
C : tyre pressures for the front wheels.
D : tyre pressures for the rear wheels.
Tyre safety and chain fitting: for
information on servicing conditions
and, depending on the vehicle ver-
sion, the use of chains. 5.6.
C D
A
A
For your safety, please re-
spect the speed limit.
When they need to be re-
placed, only tyres of the
same make, size, type and profile
should be used on a single axle.
They must: either have a load ca-
pacity and speed rating at least
equal to those of the original
tyres, or conform to those recom-
mended by an authorised dealer.
Failure to heed these instructions
could endanger your safety and
affect your vehicle’s roadworthi-
ness.
Risk of loss of control of the ve-
hicle.
Label A
Open the driver’s door to read it.
Tyre pressures should be checked
when the tyres are cold.
If the tyre pressures cannot be checked
when the tyres are cold, increase the
pressures from 0.2 to 0.3 bar (or 3 PSI).
Never deflate a hot tyre.
B
C DB
Vehicle fitted with a tyre pressure
monitoring system
In the event of under-inflation (punc-
tures, under-inflation, etc.), the
warning light appears on the instrument
panel. 2.18.
maintenance:
bodywork ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
washing ................................................(up to the end of the DU)
paintwork
maintenance ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
anti-corrosion protection ........................................(current page)
4.9
ENG_UD57762_1
Entretien de la carosserie (X10 - Renault)
Bodywork maintenance
BODYWORK MAINTENANCE (1/3)
A well-maintained vehicle will last
longer. It is therefore recommended to
maintain the exterior of the vehicle reg-
ularly.
Your vehicle has been treated with very
effective anti-corrosion products. It is
nevertheless subject to various outside
influences.
Corrosive agents in the atmosphere
atmospheric pollution (built-up and
industrial areas);
saline atmospheres (near the sea,
particularly in hot weather);
seasonal and damp weather condi-
tions (e.g. road salt in winter, water
from road cleaners, etc.).
Minor impacts
Abrasive action
Dust and sand in the air, mud, road grit
thrown up by other vehicles, etc.
You should take a number of minor pre-
cautions in order to safeguard your ve-
hicle against such risks.
You should
Wash your car frequently, with the
engine off, with cleaning products rec-
ommended by the manufacturer (never
use abrasive products). Rinse thor-
oughly beforehand with a jet:
spots of tree resin and industrial
grime;
mud in the wheel arches and under-
neath the body which forms damp
patches;
bird droppings, which cause a
chemical reaction with the paint that
rapidly discolours paintwork and
may even cause the paint to peel
off;
wash the vehicle immediately to
remove these marks since it is im-
possible to remove them by polish-
ing;
salt, particularly in the wheel arches
and underneath the body after driv-
ing in areas where the roads have
been gritted.
Withdraw the vegetable falls (resin, film
etc.) from the vehicle regularly.
Observe the vehicle stopping distances
when driving on gravelled surfaces to
prevent paint damage.
Repair, or have repaired quickly, areas
where the paint has been damaged, to
prevent corrosion spreading.
Remember to visit the body shop pe-
riodically in order to maintain your
anti-corrosion warranty. Refer to the
Maintenance Document.
Respect local regulations about wash-
ing vehicles (e.g. do not wash your ve-
hicle on a public highway).
If it is necessary to clean mechani-
cal components, hinges, etc., spray
them with products approved by our
Technical Department to protect them
after they have been cleaned.
We have selected special products
to care for your vehicle and you can
obtain these from the manufactur-
er’s accessory outlets.
4.10
ENG_UD57762_1
Entretien de la carosserie (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
BODYWORK MAINTENANCE (2/3)
Degrease or clean using
high-pressure cleaning
equipment or by spray-
ing on products not ap-
proved by our Technical
Department:
mechanical components (e.g.:
engine compartment);
underbody;
parts with hinges (e.g.: inside the
doors);
painted plastic external fittings (e.g.:
bumpers).
Doing this could give rise to corrosion
or operational faults.
What you should not do
Wash the vehicle in bright sunlight or
freezing temperatures.
Do not scrape off mud or dirt without
pre-wetting.
Allow dirt to accumulate on the exterior.
Allow rust to form following minor im-
pacts.
Do not use solvents not approved by
our Technical Department to remove
stains as this could damage the paint-
work.
Do not drive in snow or muddy condi-
tions without washing the vehicle, par-
ticularly under the wheel arches and
body.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
4.11
ENG_UD57762_1
Entretien de la carosserie (X10 - Renault)
Using a roller type car wash
Return the wiper stalk to the park po-
sition. 1.103. Check the mounting of
external accessories, additional lights
and rear view mirrors, and ensure that
the wiper blades are secured with ad-
hesive tape.
Remove the radio aerial mast if your
vehicle is fitted with this equipment.
Remember to remove the tape and refit
the antenna after washing.
BODYWORK MAINTENANCE (3/3)
Cleaning the headlights,
sensors and cameras
Use a soft cloth or cotton wool. If this
does not clean them properly, moisten
the cloth with soapy water, then wipe
clean with a soft damp cloth or cotton
wool.
Finally, carefully dry off with a soft dry
cloth.
Do not use cleaning products con-
taining alcohol or utensils (e.g.: a
scraper).
Washing the vehicle
Never wash the engine
compartment, the charging
connection or the traction
battery with a high-pressure jet.
This risks damaging the electric
circuit.
Never wash the vehicle while it is
charging.
Risk of electric shock and a risk
to life.
Vehicles with a matte paint
finish
This type of paint requires certain pre-
cautions.
You should do the following
Wash the vehicle by hand using plenty
of water, using a soft cloth or a gentle
sponge.
Do not do the following
Use wax-based products (polishing).
Rub too hard.
Wash the vehicle in a roller-type car
wash.
Attach stickers to the paintwork (risk of
leaving marks).
Wash the vehicle
using a high-pressure
cleaning device.
maintenance:
interior trim ......................................(up to the end of the DU)
interior trim
maintenance ...................................(up to the end of the DU)
cleaning:
inside the vehicle ............................(up to the end of the DU)
4.12
ENG_UD57763_1
Entretien des garnitures intérieures (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Interior trim maintenance
Glass instrument panel
(e.g. instrument panel, clock, exterior
temperature display, radio display etc.).
Use a soft cloth (or cotton wool).
If this does not clean them properly,
use a soft cloth (or cotton wool) slightly
moistened with soapy water and then
wipe clean with another soft damp cloth
or cotton wool.
Finally, carefully dry off with a soft dry
cloth.
Do not use products containing alco-
hol and/or spray fluids on the area.
Seat belts
These must be kept clean.
Use products selected by our Technical
Department (Approved outlets) or
warm, soapy water and a sponge and
wipe with a dry cloth.
Detergents or dyes must not be used
under any circumstances.
INTERIOR TRIM MAINTENANCE (1/2)
Textiles (seats, door trim, etc)
Vacuum-clean the textiles regularly.
Liquid stain
Use soapy water.
Dab lightly (never rub) with a soft cloth,
rinse and remove the excess.
Solid or pasty stain
Carefully remove the excess solid or
pasty material immediately with a
spatula (working from the edges to the
centre to avoid spreading the stain).
Clean as for a liquid stain.
Special instructions for sweets or
chewing gum
Put an ice cube on the stain to solidify
it, then proceed as for a solid stain.
A well-maintained vehicle will last
longer. It is therefore recommended to
maintain the interior of the vehicle regu-
larly.
A stain should always be dealt with
swiftly.
Whatever type of stain is on the trim,
use cold (or warm) soapy water with
natural soap.
Detergents (washing-up liquid, pow-
dered products, alcohol-based prod-
ucts) should not be used.
Use a soft cloth.
Rinse and soak up the excess.
For further recommendations for
maintaining the interior, and/or for
any unsatisfactory results, please
see an authorised dealer.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
4.13
ENG_UD57763_1
Entretien des garnitures intérieures (X10 - Renault)
You should not:
Position objects such as deodorants,
scents etc. near air vents as this could
damage your dashboard trim.
Use high-pressure
cleaning equipment or
sprays inside the pas-
senger compartment:
without careful use, this equipment
could impair the correct functioning
of the electrical or electronic compo-
nents in the vehicle, or have other
detrimental effects.
INTERIOR TRIM MAINTENANCE (2/2)
Removal/replacing removable
equipment originally fitted in
the vehicle
If you need to remove equipment in
order to clean the passenger com-
partment (for example, mats), always
ensure that they are correctly refitted
and are the right way around (the driv-
er’s mat should be fitted on the driver’s
side, etc.) and fit them with the compo-
nents supplied with the equipment (for
example, the driver mat should always
be fixed using the pre-fitted mounting
components).
With the vehicle stationary, always
ensure that nothing will impede driving
(anything obstructing the pedals, heel
wedged by the mat etc.).
4.14
ENG_UD57764_1
Filler NU (X10 - Renault)
5.1
ENG_UD61942_2
Sommaire 5 (X10 - Renault)
Section 5: Practical advice
Tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2
Tyre inflation kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.3
Tyres (tyre and wheel safety, use in winter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.6
Headlights (changing bulbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.10
Rear lights (changing bulbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.11
Indicator lights (changing bulbs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.12
interior lighting: changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.13
“Hands-free” card: battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.15
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.17
Fitting a radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.19
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.20
Wipers (replacing blades) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.21
Towing, breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.23
Operating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.26
tool kit ...................................................(up to the end of the DU)
hubcap tool ............................................................(current page)
towing hitch............................................................(current page)
5.2
ENG_UD57766_1
Bloc outils (X10 - Renault)
Tool kit
Lever 1
This locks or unlocks the wheel bolts
and tow eye.
Tow eye 2
5.23.
The tools included in the tool kit depend
on the vehicle.
Tool kit A is located in the tray under
the luggage compartment carpet.
TOOL KIT
A
1
Never leave tools unse-
cured in the vehicle: there
is a risk that they may be
thrown about during brak-
ing. After use, check that all the
tools are correctly clipped into the
tool kit, then position it correctly in
its housing: there is a risk of injury.
If wheel bolts are supplied in the
tool kit, only use these bolts for the
emergency spare wheel: refer to the
label affixed to the emergency spare
wheel.
2
tyre inflation kit......................................(up to the end of the DU)
5.3
ENG_UD57767_1
Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X10 - Renault)
Tyre inflation kit
TYRE PRESSURE KIT (1/3)
The kit is only approved for
inflating the tyres of the ve-
hicle originally equipped
with the kit.
It must never be used to inflate
the tyres of another vehicle, or any
other inflatable object (rubber ring,
rubber boat, etc.).
Avoid spillage on skin when han-
dling the repair product bottle. If
droplets do leak out, rinse them off
with plenty of water.
Keep the repair kit away from chil-
dren.
Do not dispose of the empty bottle
in the countryside. Return it to your
approved dealer or to a recycling or-
ganisation.
The bottle has a limited service
life which is indicated on its label.
Check the expiry date.
Contact an approved dealer to re-
place the inflation tube and repair
product bottle.
A
B
The kit repairs tyres when
tread A has been dam-
aged by objects smaller
than 4 mm. It cannot repair
all types of puncture, such as cuts
larger than 4 mm, or cuts in tyre
sidewall B.
Ensure also that the wheel rim is in
good condition.
Do not pull out the foreign body
causing the puncture if it is still in
the tyre.
Do not attempt to use the
inflation kit if the tyre has
been damaged as a result
of driving with a puncture.
You should therefore carefully check
the condition of the tyre sidewalls
before any operation.
Driving with underinflated, flat or
punctured tyres can be dangerous
and may make the tyre impossible
to repair.
This repair is temporary.
A tyre which has been punctured
should always be inspected (and re-
paired, where possible) as soon as
possible by a specialist.
When taking a tyre which has been
repaired using this kit to be replaced,
you must inform the specialist.
When driving, vibration may be felt
due to the presence of the repair
product injected into the tyre.
5.4
ENG_UD57767_1
Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
TYRE PRESSURE KIT (2/3)
Depending on the vehicle, in the event
of a puncture, use the kit located in the
boot or underneath the luggage com-
partment carpet.
Vehicle fitted with a tyre pressure
loss warning system
In the event of under-inflation (punc-
tures, under-inflation etc.), the
warning light appears on the instrument
panel. 2.18.
With the engine running and the
parking brake applied,
Disconnect any accessories previ-
ously connected to the vehicle’s ac-
cessories sockets;
Refer to the information on the in-
flation kit compressor located in
the boot of the vehicle and follow the
instructions;
Inflate the tyre to the recommended
pressure 4.8;
After a maximum of 15 minutes, stop
inflating and read the pressure (on
pressure gauge 2);
Note: while the bottle is emptying (ap-
proximately 30 seconds), the pressure
gauge 2 will indicate briefly a pressure
of 6 bar, then the pressure drops.
Adjust the pressure: to increase
it, continue inflation with the kit; to
reduce it, press button 1.
2
Before using this kit, park
the vehicle at a sufficient
distance from traffic, switch
on the hazard warning
lights, apply the handbrake, ask all
passengers to leave the vehicle and
keep them away from traffic.
If the vehicle is parked on
the hard shoulder, you must
warn other road users of
your vehicle’s presence
with a warning triangle or with other
devices as per the legislation apply-
ing to the country you are in.
1
If a minimum pressure of 1.8 bar is
not reached after 15 minutes, repair
is not possible; do not drive the ve-
hicle but contact an approved dealer.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
5.5
ENG_UD57767_1
Kit de gonflage des pneumatiques (X10 - Renault)
TYRE PRESSURE KIT (3/3)
Once the tyre is correctly inflated,
remove the kit: unscrew the inflation
adapter slowly from the container 3 to
prevent any product spatter and store
the container in plastic packaging to
prevent product leaks.
Affix the driving recommendation
label (located under the container) to
the dashboard where the driver can
see it.
Put the kit away.
At the end of this initial inflation op-
eration, air will still escape from the
tyre. You must drive a short distance
in order to seal the hole.
Start immediately and drive at a
speed between 12 to 37 mph (20 to
60 km/h) in order to distribute the
product evenly in the tyre; after driv-
ing a distance of 2 miles (3 km), stop
and check the pressure.
If the pressure is higher than 1.3 bar
but lower than the recommended
pressure (refer to the label affixed to
the edge of the driver’s door), adjust
it. Otherwise, contact an approved
dealer: the tyre cannot be repaired.
Precautions when using the
kit
The kit should not be operated for more
than 15 consecutive minutes.
The container must be replaced after
the first use even if liquid remains
inside.
Nothing should be placed
around the drivers feet
as such objects may slide
under the pedals during
sudden braking manoeuvres and
obstruct their use.
3
Please be aware that a
poorly tightened or miss-
ing valve cap can make the
tyres less airtight and may
lead to pressure loss.
Always use valve caps identical to
those fitted originally and tighten
them fully.
Following repair with the kit,
do not travel further than
120 miles (200 km). In addi-
tion, reduce your speed and
under no circumstances exceed
48 mph (80 km/h). The sticker,
which you must affix in a prominent
position on the dashboard, reminds
you of this.
Depending on the country or local
legislation, a tyre repaired with the
inflation kit may need to be replaced.
tyres ......................................................(up to the end of the DU)
wheels (safety) .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
5.6
ENG_UD57768_1
Pneumatiques (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Tyres (tyre and wheel safety, use in winter)
TYRES (1/4)
Maintaining the tyres
The tyres must be in good condition
and the tread form must have sufficient
depth; tyres approved by our Technical
Department have wear warning strips 1
that are indicators moulded into the
tread at several points.
The tyres are the only contact between
the vehicle and the road, so it is essen-
tial to keep them in good condition.
You must make sure that your tyres
conform to local road traffic regulations.
When the tyre tread has been worn to
the level of the wear indicators, they
become visible 2: it is then necessary
to replace your tyres because the tread
rubber is no more than 1.6 mm deep,
resulting in poor roadholding on wet
roads.
An overloaded vehicle, long journeys
by motorway, particularly in very hot
weather, or continual driving on poorly
surfaced minor roads will lead to more
rapid tyre wear and affect safety.
Incidents which occur when
driving, such as striking the
kerb, may damage the tyres
and wheel rims, and could
also lead to misalignment of the
front or rear axle geometry. In this
case, have the condition of these
checked by an approved dealer.
2
1
tyre pressure..........................................................(current page)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
5.7
ENG_UD57768_1
Pneumatiques (X10 - Renault)
TYRES (2/4)
Tyre pressures
Adhere to the tyre pressures. The tyre
pressures should be checked at least
once a month and additionally before
any long journey (refer to the label af-
fixed to the edge of the driver’s door)
4.8.
Pressures should be checked when the
tyres are cold; ignore higher pressures
which may be reached in hot weather
or following a fast journey.
If tyre pressures cannot be checked
when the tyres are cold, the normal
pressures must be increased by 0.2 to
0.3 bar (or 3 PSI).
Never deflate a hot tyre.
Incorrect tyre pressures
lead to abnormal tyre wear
and unusually hot running.
These are factors which
may seriously affect safety and lead
to:
poor road holding;
risk of bursting or tread separa-
tion.
The pressure depends on the load
and the speed of use. Adjust the
pressure according to the condi-
tions of use (refer to the label affixed
to the edge of the driver’s door).
Please be aware that a
poorly tightened or miss-
ing valve cap can make the
tyres less airtight and lead
to pressure loss.
Always use valve caps identical to
those fitted originally and tighten
them fully.
Vehicle fitted with a tyre pressure
monitoring system
In the event of under-inflation (punc-
tures, under-inflation, etc.), the
warning light appears on the instrument
panel 2.18.
Changing wheels around
This practice is not recommended.
For safety reasons, it is for-
bidden to exchange the 17”
front wheels (tyres and/or
rims) with the rear wheels.
5.8
ENG_UD57768_1
Pneumatiques (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
TYRES (3/4)
Fitting new tyres Use in winter
Chains
For safety reasons, fitting snow
chains to the rear axle is strictly for-
bidden.
Chains cannot be fitted to tyres which
are larger than those originally fitted to
the vehicle.
Snow or Winter tyres
We would recommend that these be
fitted to all four wheels to ensure that
your vehicle retains maximum adhe-
sion.
Warning: These tyres sometimes have
a specific direction of rotation and a
maximum speed index which may be
lower than the maximum speed of your
vehicle.
Chains may only be fitted
to tyres of the same size
as those originally fitted to
your vehicle.
Chains may be fitted, provided that
they are specific chains. We would
advise you to consult an approved
dealer.
For your safety, please re-
spect the speed limit.
When they need to be re-
placed, only tyres of the
same make, size, type and profile
should be used on a single axle.
They must: either have a load ca-
pacity and a speed capacity at
least equal to the original tyres,
or correspond to those recom-
mended by your authorised
dealer.
Failure to heed these instructions
could endanger your safety and
affect your vehicle’s roadworthi-
ness.
Risk of loss of control of the ve-
hicle.
17 wheels cannot be
fitted with chains.
If you wish to use special
equipment, consult an ap-
proved dealer.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
5.9
ENG_UD57768_1
Pneumatiques (X10 - Renault)
Studded tyres
This type of equipment may only be
used for a limited period and as laid
down by local legislation. It is neces-
sary to observe the speed specified by
current legislation.
These tyres must, at a minimum, be
fitted to the two front wheels.
NB:
The use of snow tyres, winter tyres or
studded tyres significantly reduces the
vehicle range.
In all cases, we would recommend
that you contact an approved Dealer
who will be able to advise you on
the choice of equipment which is
most suitable for your vehicle.
TYRES (4/4)
indicators ..............................................(up to the end of the DU)
indicators:
direction indicators ..........................(up to the end of the DU)
daytime running lights...........................(up to the end of the DU)
lights:
direction indicators ..........................(up to the end of the DU)
lights:
main beam headlights .....................(up to the end of the DU)
lights:
dipped beam headlights ..................(up to the end of the DU)
5.10
ENG_UD57769_1
Projecteurs avant : remplacement des lampes (X10 - Renault)
Headlights (changing bulbs)
FRONT HEADLIGHTS: replacing the bulbs
LED front fog lights/
cornering lights 3
(depending on the vehicle)
Consult an authorised dealer.
Additional lights
If you wish to fit fog lights to your ve-
hicle, please see an authorised dealer.
3
LED daytime running lights/
side lights 1
(depending on the vehicle)
Please see an authorised dealer.
Direction indicators/dipped
beam headlights/LED main
beam headlights 2
Please see an authorised dealer.
Any operation on (or modi-
fication to) the electrical
system must be performed
by an approved dealer
since an incorrect connection might
damage the electrical equipment
(harness, components and in partic-
ular the alternator). In addition, your
Dealer has all the parts required for
fitting these units.
1
2
bulbs
changing .........................................(up to the end of the DU)
lights:
direction indicators ...........................................(current page)
lights:
brake lights ......................................................(current page)
lights:
side lights .........................................................(current page)
changing a bulb ....................................(up to the end of the DU)
bulbs
changing .........................................(up to the end of the DU)
lights:
reversing lights .................................................(current page)
lights:
fog lights ..........................................................(current page)
5.11
ENG_UD57770_1
Projecteurs arrière et latéraux (X10 - Renault)
Rear lights (changing bulbs)
High level brake light 1
Consult an approved dealer.
Direction indicator/brake and
side lights 2
Consult an approved dealer.
REAR LIGHTS AND SIDE LIGHTS: changing bulbs (1/2)
3
1
2
Reversing lights and rear fog
lights 3
Access bulb holder via the underneath
of the vehicle, then unscrew it by turn-
ing towards the centre of the vehicle.
Fog light
Bulb type: PR21W.
Reversing light
Bulb type: P21W.
lights:
number plate lights ..........................................(current page)
lights:
indicator lights ..................................................(current page)
5.12
ENG_UD57770_1
Projecteurs arrière et latéraux (X10 - Renault)
Indicator lights (changing bulbs)
The bulbs are under pres-
sure and can break when
replaced.
Risk of injury.
REAR AND SIDE LIGHTS: changing bulbs (2/2)
6
Number plate lights 4
Unclip light 4 by pressing tab 5;
remove the light cover to gain access
to the bulb.
Bulb type: W5W.
5
4
Indicator lights 6
Consult an approved dealer.
courtesy light ........................................(up to the end of the DU)
lighting:
interior .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
5.13
ENG_UD57771_1
Eclairage intérieur : remplacement des lampes (X10 - Renault)
interior lighting: changing bulbs
INTERIOR LIGHTING: changing bulbs (1/2)
Map reading lights 1
Consult an authorised dealer.
1
2
Courtesy mirror lights 2
Please consult an authorised dealer.
5.14
ENG_UD57771_1
Eclairage intérieur : remplacement des lampes (X10 - Renault)
INTERIOR LIGHTING: changing bulbs (2/2)
3
Luggage compartment light
Unclip the light 3 by pressing the tab on
its left side (using a flat-bladed screw-
driver or similar).
Remove the bulb concerned.
Bulb type: W5W.
The bulbs are under pres-
sure and can break when
replaced.
Risk of injury.
4
5
6
Disconnect the light.
Press tab 4 to release lens 6 and
access bulb 5.
Bulb type: W5W.
card: battery..........................................(up to the end of the DU)
«hands-free» card: battery ...................(up to the end of the DU)
«hands-free» card: use.........................(up to the end of the DU)
5.15
ENG_UD57772_1
Carte renault : piles (X10 - Renault)
“Hands-free” card: battery
“HANDS-FREECARD: battery (1/2)
Replacing the battery
When the message “Keycard Battery
Low” appears on the instrument panel,
replace the battery in the card:
slide the rear casing 1 downwards
while pressing on zone A;
remove the battery cover 2;
remove the battery by pressing on
one side and lifting the other;
replace it according to the direc-
tion and template shown inside the
cover.
When refitting, proceed in the reverse
order, then press one of the buttons on
the card four times, close to the vehicle:
the next time the vehicle is started, the
message will disappear.
Check that the cover is clipped shut.
Note: Do not touch the electronic circuit
or contacts on the card when replacing
the battery.
2
A
1
When they need to be re-
placed, be sure to use
the same or equivalent
type of battery (consult an
Approved Dealer).
When replacing:
make sure that the batter-
ies are correctly inserted.
Risk of explosion.
if the flap does not close cor-
rectly, do not use and keep out of
reach of children.
The batteries are available from ap-
proved Dealers, and their service
life approximately two years. Check
that there is no dye on the battery:
risk of an incorrect electrical con-
tact.
card: battery..........................................(up to the end of the DU)
«hands-free» card: battery ...................(up to the end of the DU)
«hands-free» card: use.........................(up to the end of the DU)
5.16
ENG_UD57772_1
Carte renault : piles (X10 - Renault)
“HANDS-FREECARD: battery (2/2)
Do not throw away your used bat-
teries; give them to an organisation
responsible for collecting and recy-
cling batteries.
Precautions relating to
batteries:
keep (new or used) bat-
teries out of reach of chil-
dren;
do not swallow batteries;
Risk of chemical burns which
may lead to death.
if ingested or inserted into any
part of the body, consult a doctor
as soon as possible.
Operating faults
If the battery is too weak to ensure cor-
rect operation, you will still be able to
start and lock/unlock the vehicle
1.28.
fuses .....................................................(up to the end of the DU)
5.17
ENG_UD57773_1
Fusibles (X10 - Renault)
Fuses
Fuse box
If any electrical component does not
work, check the condition of the fuses.
Unclip the access flap A.
Tweezers 1
Remove the fuse using tweezers 1, lo-
cated at the back of flap A.
To remove the fuse from the tweezers,
slide the fuse to the side.
It is not advisable to use the free fuse
locations.
Check the fuse in question
and replace it, if neces-
sary, by a fuse of the same
rating.
If a fuse is fitted where the rating is
too high, it may cause the electrical
circuit to overheat (risk of fire) in the
event of an item of equipment using
an excessive amount of current.
FUSES (1/2)
1
A
In accordance with local legislation
or as a precautionary measure:
Obtain an emergency kit containing
a set of spare bulbs and fuses from
an approved Dealer.
5.18
ENG_UD57773_1
Fusibles (X10 - Renault)
FUSES (2/2)
Check the fuse in question
and replace it, if neces-
sary, by a fuse of the same
rating.
If a fuse is fitted where the rating is
too high, it may cause the electrical
circuit to overheat (risk of fire) in the
event of an item of equipment using
an excessive amount of current.
Allocation of fuses
(the presence of certain fuse depends on the vehicle equipment level)
Symbol Allocation
H
Windscreen washer
î
Multimedia accessories socket, multimedia
screen
Æ
Front cigarette lighter, front and rear second row
accessories socket
Ì
Horn
Heated rear view mirrors
×
Brake lights, passenger compartment central unit
Passenger compartment centre unit, rear wiper,
rear fog light
D
Direction indicator lights, hazard warning lights,
high level brake lights
Electric window
Use the fuse allocation label in the
storage compartment to identify the
fuses.
Certain fuses should only be re-
placed by a qualified professional.
These fuses are not listed on the
label.
Only change the fuses represented
on the label.
speakers
location ...........................................(up to the end of the DU)
fitting a radio .........................................(up to the end of the DU)
fitting a radio .........................................(up to the end of the DU)
radio
multimedia equipment ..........................(up to the end of the DU)
5.19
ENG_UD57774_1
Prééquipement radio (X10 - Renault)
Radio location 1
Unclip the blanking cover. The aerial, +
and – supply and speaker wire connec-
tions are located behind it.
Fitting a radio
Door speakers 2
To install any equipment, please con-
sult an authorised dealer.
FITTING A RADIO
1
2
In all cases, it is very important to
follow the manufacturer’s instruc-
tions carefully.
The specifications of the brack-
ets and wires (available from our
network) vary depending on the
equipment level of your vehicle
and the type of radio. Consult an
approved Dealer to find out the
correct part number.
No work may be carried out on
the vehicle’s electrical or radio
circuits, except by approved
dealers: an incorrectly connected
system may result in damage
being caused to the electrical
equipment and/or the compo-
nents connected to it.
accessories...........................................(up to the end of the DU)
5.20
ENG_UD57775_1
Accessoires (X10 - Renault)
Accessories
ACCESSORIES
Electrical and electronic accessories
Before installing this type of accessory (particularly for transmitters/receivers: frequency bandwidth, power level, po-
sition of the aerial, etc.), make sure it is compatible with your vehicle. You can get advice from an authorised dealer.
Connect accessories with a maximum power of 120 Watts only. Fire hazard. When several accessory sockets are
used at the same time, the total power of the connected accessories must not exceed 180 watts.
No work may be carried out on the vehicle’s electrical or radio circuits, except by approved Dealers: an incorrectly connected
system may result in damage being caused to the electrical equipment and/or the components connected to it.
If the vehicle is fitted with any aftermarket electrical equipment, make sure that the installation is correctly protected by a fuse.
Establish the rating and position of this fuse.
Using the diagnostic socket
The use of electronic accessories on the diagnostic socket may cause serious disturbance to the vehicle’s electronic systems.
For your safety we recommend that you use only electronic accessories approved by the manufacturer, consult an Approved
Dealer. Serious accident risk.
Use of transmission/receiving devices (telephones, CB equipment etc.).
Telephones and CB equipment with integrated aerials may cause interference to the electronic systems originally fitted to the
vehicle: it is advisable only to use equipment with an external aerial. Furthermore, we remind you of the need to conform
to the legislation in force concerning the use of such equipment.
Fitting after-market accessories
If you wish to install accessories on the vehicle: please contact an authorised dealer. Also, to ensure the correct operation of
your vehicle, and to avoid any risk to your safety, we recommend that you use only accessories specifically designed for your
vehicle, which are the only accessories for which the manufacturer will provide a warranty.
If you are using an anti-theft device, only attach it to the brake pedal.
Obstructions to the driver
On the driver’s side, only use mats suitable for the vehicle, attached with the pre-fitted components, and check the fitting regu-
larly. Do not lay one mat on top of another. There is a risk of wedging the pedals
wiper blades .........................................(up to the end of the DU)
wipers
blades .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
5.21
ENG_UD57776_1
Balais d’essuie-vitres (X10 - Renault)
Wipers (replacing blades)
WINDSCREEN WIPER BLADES (1/2)
Replacing windscreen wiper
blades 2
To replace the wipers, first put them in
the service position B.
With the ignition on and the engine
stopped:
set the stalk 1 to position A twice in
succession (single sweep): the wiper
blades will stop in the service posi-
tion B away from the bonnet;
press the button 4 firmly then remove
the blade upwards.
1
Keep monitoring the condition of the
wiper blades. How long they last de-
pends on you:
clean the blades and the wind-
screen regularly with soapy
water;
do not use them when the wind-
screen is dry;
free them from the windscreen
when they have not been used
for a long time.
A
To refit
To refit the wiper blade 2, insert it in its
housing in the arm 3, then clip it until
you hear a click. Make sure that the
blade is correctly locked in position.
To return the blades to lowered posi-
tion, make sure that the blades are
folded down onto the windscreen then
set the 1 stalk to position A (single
sweep): the windscreen wiper blades
will fold into the bonnet when the igni-
tion is switched on.
B
3
4
2
wiper blades .........................................(up to the end of the DU)
wipers
blades .............................................(up to the end of the DU)
5.22
ENG_UD57776_1
Balais d’essuie-vitres (X10 - Renault)
WINDSCREEN WIPER BLADES (2/2)
Keep monitoring the condition of the
wiper blades. How long they last de-
pends on you:
clean the blades and the wind-
screen regularly with soapy
water;
do not use them when the wind-
screen is dry;
free them from the windscreen
when they have not been used
for a long time.
In frosty weather, make
sure that the wiper blades
are not stuck by ice (to
avoid the risk of the motor
overheating).
Check the condition of the wiper
blades.
They should be replaced as soon
as they become less efficient: ap-
proximately once a year.
When changing the blade, when it
has been removed, do not let the
wiper arm fall against the window:
risk of breaking the window.
5
6
C
Rear screen wiper blade 5
Stalk in stop position (deactivated):
lift the wiper arm 6;
pivot the rear screen wiper blade 5
(C movement) until it unclips;
release rear screen wiper blade 5 by
pulling on it.
To refit
To refit the wiper blade, proceed in re-
verse order to removal. Make sure that
the blade is correctly locked in position.
Before changing the rear
wiper blade, make sure the
stalk is in the stop position
(deactivated).
Risk of injury.
towing
breakdown ......................................(up to the end of the DU)
towing
in the event of energy failure ..........(up to the end of the DU)
towing hitch...........................................(up to the end of the DU)
5.23
ENG_UD57777_1
Remorquage (X10 - Renault)
Towing, breakdown
Choice of breakdown service
In the event of an energy fault
In the event of a fully discharged trac-
tion battery, any type of towing is per-
mitted: towing on a flatbed truck or
towing on the road using the tow eye
(please see following pages). It is es-
sential to wait approximately 5 minutes
after locking the doors to start towing.
All other cases
Only towing on a flatbed truck is per-
mitted.
TOWING, BREAKDOWN (1/3)
Before any recovery, unlock the steer-
ing column: with the card in the pas-
senger compartment, engage the gear
selection lever in position N then press
the engine starting button for approxi-
mately two seconds.
The regulations in force for breakdown
recovery must always be observed.
Towing on a flatbed truck
Breakdown recovery must be per-
formed on a flat surface under all cir-
cumstances except where the vehicle
is immobilised following a full discharge
of the traction battery. In the event of a
total energy loss, please see the follow-
ing pages.
5.24
ENG_UD57777_1
Remorquage (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
TOWING, BREAKDOWN (2/3)
In the event of an energy
fault: towing
In the event of a fully discharged trac-
tion battery:
warning light 2 flashes in
yellow;
the indicator 1 shows an empty bat-
tery.
It is possible to recover on a flatbed
truck or tow the vehicle using the tow
eye, following the instructions below.
When the engine is
stopped, steering and brak-
ing assistance are not op-
erational.
Before towing, unlock the steering
column: with the card in the passenger
compartment, engage lever 4 in posi-
tion N, then press the engine start
button for approximately two seconds.
The column is unlocked, the acces-
sory functions are supplied: the vehi-
cle lights can be used (hazard warn-
ing lights, brake lights etc.). The towed
vehicle’s lights must be switched on at
night.
The speed specified by current legis-
lation for towing must always be ob-
served.
Once you have finished towing, press
the engine start button twice (risk of
running down the 12 V battery).
1
2
Jaune Noir Noir texte
5.25
ENG_UD57777_1
Remorquage (X10 - Renault)
TOWING, BREAKDOWN (3/3)
Access to the towing point
Only use the front towing point 3.
This towing point may only be used for
towing: never use it for lifting the vehi-
cle directly or indirectly.
Unclip the cover 5 by inserting a flat-
blade screwdriver or similar under the
cover.
Tighten the towing hitch 4 fully: first
by hand until it stops then finish by lock-
ing it with the lever.
Only use tow ring 4 and the lever lo-
cated under the luggage compartment
carpet in the tool kit 5.2.
NB: Please do not use a damaged tow
eye.
Do not leave the tools unse-
cured inside the vehicle as
they may come loose under
braking.
After use, check that all the tools
are correctly clipped into the tool kit,
then, depending on the vehicle, po-
sition it correctly in its housing.
Risk of injury.
4
3
5
Leave the card in the vehi-
cle during towing.
Risk of the steering
column locking.
operating faults .....................................(up to the end of the DU)
faults
operating faults ...............................(up to the end of the DU)
5.26
ENG_UD57778_1
Anomalies de fonctionnement (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Operating faults
OPERATING FAULTS (1/4)
The following advice will enable you to carry out quick, temporary repairs. For safety reasons you should always contact
an approved dealer as soon as possible.
FAULTS POSSIBLE CAUSES WHAT TO DO
Impossible to charge the traction bat-
tery.
The charging flap warning light flashes
red.
The outdoor temperature is lower
than -26°C.
Recharge your vehicle in a more suitable
environment. If necessary 5.23.
No electrical current in the wall
socket or poor connection of cable
to domestic socket.
Check your installation (circuit breaker, pro-
grammer, etc.).
Check the connections (charging socket,
etc.) 1.8.
The cord is defective. Please see an authorised dealer to replace
it.
Impossible to charge the traction bat-
tery.
The charging flap warning light flashes
blue.
The charging cord is not correctly
locked to the vehicle.
Plug the charging cable correctly in to the
vehicle. 1.8.
The programmable air conditioning
fails to work.
One of the usage conditions is not
complied with (the traction battery
is not charged, etc).
3.11.
Jaune Noir Noir texte
5.27
ENG_UD57778_1
Anomalies de fonctionnement (X10 - Renault)
OPERATING FAULTS (2/4)
FAULTS POSSIBLE CAUSES WHAT TO DO
Steering becomes heavy. Assistance overheating. Drive carefully at reduced speed, be aware of the
level of force in the steering wheel needed to turn
the wheels.
Fault with the electric assistance
motor.
Fault in the assistance system.
Consult an authorised dealer.
The remote control does not lock
or unlock the doors.
The remote control battery is flat. Use the emergency key.
Use of appliances operating on
the same frequency as the remote
control (mobile phone, etc.).
Stop using the devices or use the key.
Vehicle located in a high electro-
magnetic radiation zone.
Secondary 12 V battery dis-
charged.
Replace the battery or have it replaced. You will
still be able to lock, unlock, and start your vehicle.
1.30 and 2.2.
The steering column remains
locked.
Steering wheel locked. Move the steering wheel while pressing the
engine start button 2.2.
Vibrations. Tyres not inflated to correct pres-
sures, incorrectly balanced or dam-
aged.
Check the tyre pressures. If this is not the prob-
lem, have them checked by an approved Dealer.
5.28
ENG_UD57778_1
Anomalies de fonctionnement (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
Electrical equipment POSSIBLE CAUSES ACTION REQUIRED
The wipers do not work. Wiper blades stuck. Free the blades before using the wipers.
Broken windscreen wiper fuse. Consult an approved dealer.
Blown rear screen wiper fuse (intermit-
tent, permanently stopped).
Replace the fuse or have it replaced
5.17.
Motor fault. Consult an approved dealer.
The wiper does not stop. Faulty electrical controls. Consult an approved dealer.
Direction indicators flashing more quickly. Blown bulb. Replace the bulb or have it replaced.
The indicators are
not working.
On one side only: Blown bulb. Replace the bulb or have it replaced.
On both sides: fuse blown, Replace the fuse or have it replaced
5.17.
faulty flasher unit. Needs replacing: please see an autho-
rised dealer.
OPERATING FAULTS (3/4)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
5.29
ENG_UD57778_1
Anomalies de fonctionnement (X10 - Renault)
OPERATING FAULTS (4/4)
Electrical equipment POSSIBLE CAUSES ACTION REQUIRED
The headlights
are not working.
Only one: blown bulb, Replace the bulb or have it replaced.
disconnected wire or incorrectly-posi-
tioned connector,
Check and reconnect the wire or the con-
nector.
Both: if the circuit is fused. Check and replace if necessary.
The headlights do not switch off. Faulty electrical controls. Consult an approved dealer.
Traces of condensation in the headlights
or rear lights.
This is not a fault. Traces of condensa-
tion in the lights is a natural phenomenon
caused by variations in temperature and
humidity.
These traces soon disappear when the
lights are switched on.
5.30
ENG_UD57789_1
Filler NU (X10 - Renault)
6.1
ENG_UD61943_2
Sommaire 6 (X10 - Renault)
Section 6: Technical specifications
Vehicle identification plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2
Engine identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3
Engine specification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5
Replacement parts and repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.6
Service sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.7
Anticorrosion check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13
6.2
ENG_UD57780_1
Plaques d’identification véhicule (X10 - Renault)
Vehicle identification plates
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATES
A
B
A
The information shown on the ve-
hicle identification plate should be
quoted on all correspondence or
orders.
Vehicle identification plate A
1 Manufacturer name.
2 EC design number or approval
number.
3 Identification number.
Depending on the vehicle, this
information is also given on
marking B.
4 MAM (Maximum Authorised
Mass).
5 GTW (Gross train weight: vehicle
fully loaded, with trailer).
6 MPAW (Maximim Permissible
Weight) for front axle.
7 MPAW on rear axle.
8 Reserved for related or additional
entries.
9 Paint reference (colour code).
7
8
9
6
5
4
3
2
1
engine specifications .............................................(current page)
6.3
ENG_UD57781_1
Plaques d’identification moteur (X10 - Renault)
Engine identification plate
Engine specification
ENGINE IDENTIFICATION PLATE/ENGINE SPECIFICATION
Please quote the information on the
engine plate or label A in all corre-
spondence or orders.
(Location varies depending on engine)
1 Engine type.
2 Engine suffix.
3 Engine number.
A
2
3
1
Engine specification
Engine type: 5AGEN3
A
weights ..................................................................(current page)
6.4
ENG_UD57782_1
Masses (X10 - Renault)
Weights
WEIGHTS (in kg)
The weights indicated for a basic vehicle without options: they vary depending on the your vehicle’s equipment. Consult
your approved Dealer.
Maximum permissible all-up weight (MMAC)
Total train weight (MTR)
Weights indicated on the vehicle identification plate 6.2.
Braked Trailer Weight Prohibited
Unbraked Trailer Weight Prohibited
Permissible nose weight Prohibited
Permissible load on the roof with the carrying device Prohibited
6.5
ENG_UD57783_1
Dimensions (X10 - Renault)
Dimensions
DIMENSIONS (in metres)
0,839 2,588 0,657 1,511
4,084
1,562*
1,510
1,945
* Unladen
technical specifications .........................(up to the end of the DU)
replacement parts .................................(up to the end of the DU)
6.6
ENG_UD57784_1
Pièces de rechange et réparations (X10 - Renault)
Replacement parts and repairs
Original parts are based on strict specifications and are subject to highly-specialised tests. Therefore, they are of at least the same
level of quality as the parts fitted originally.
If you always fit genuine replacement parts to your vehicle, you will ensure that it performs well. Furthermore, repairs carried out
within the manufacturer’s Network using original parts are guaranteed according to the conditions set out on the reverse of the
repair order.
REPLACEMENT PARTS AND REPAIRS
service sheets.......................................(up to the end of the DU)
maintenance:
mechanical ......................................(up to the end of the DU)
6.7
ENG_UD57785_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X10 - Renault)
Service sheets
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
VIN: ..................................................................................
SERVICE SHEETS (1/6)
6.8
ENG_UD57785_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
SERVICE SHEETS (2/6)
VIN: ..................................................................................
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Jaune Noir Noir texte
6.9
ENG_UD57785_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X10 - Renault)
SERVICE SHEETS (3/6)
VIN: ..................................................................................
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
6.10
ENG_UD57785_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
SERVICE SHEETS (4/6)
VIN: ..................................................................................
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Jaune Noir Noir texte
6.11
ENG_UD57785_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X10 - Renault)
SERVICE SHEETS (5/6)
VIN: ..................................................................................
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
6.12
ENG_UD57785_1
Justificatif d’entretien (X10 - Renault)
VIN: ..................................................................................
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
Date: Miles (Km): Invoice number: Comments/miscellaneous
Type of operation: Stamp
Service □
....................................... □
Anti-corrosion check:
OK □ Not OK* □
*See specific page
SERVICE SHEETS (6/6)
anti-corrosion check .............................(up to the end of the DU)
6.13
ENG_UD57786_1
Contrôle anticorrosion (X10 - Renault)
Anticorrosion check
ANTICORROSION CHECK (1/5)
If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.
VIN: ..........................................................
Corrosion repair operation to be carried
out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
6.14
ENG_UD57786_1
Contrôle anticorrosion (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ANTICORROSION CHECK (2/5)
If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.
VIN: ..........................................................
Corrosion repair operation to be carried
out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Jaune Noir Noir texte
6.15
ENG_UD57786_1
Contrôle anticorrosion (X10 - Renault)
ANTICORROSION CHECK (3/5)
If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.
VIN: ..........................................................
Corrosion repair operation to be carried
out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
6.16
ENG_UD57786_1
Contrôle anticorrosion (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ANTICORROSION CHECK (4/5)
If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.
VIN: ..........................................................
Corrosion repair operation to be carried
out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Jaune Noir Noir texte
6.17
ENG_UD57786_1
Contrôle anticorrosion (X10 - Renault)
ANTICORROSION CHECK (5/5)
If the continuation of the warranty is subject to repair, it is indicated below.
VIN: ..........................................................
Corrosion repair operation to be carried
out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
Repair to be carried out:
Stamp
Date of repair:
6.18
ENG_UD57787_1
Filler NU (X10 - Renault)
7.1
FRA_UD61944_2
Index (X10 - Renault)
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (1/6)
12
12 volt battery
maintenance ......................................................... 4.6 – 4.7
12 volt battery ............................................1.2 → 1.6, 4.6 – 4.7
400
«400 volt» electrical circuit ........................................1.2 → 1.6
A
ABS .......................................................................2.28 → 2.32
access
vehicle .......................................................0.2, 1.20 → 1.32
accessories........................................................................ 5.20
accessories socket ............................................................ 3.21
additional methods of restraint
side protection ............................................................. 1.48
to the front seat belts .......................................1.41 → 1.46
to the rear seat belts ........................................1.41 → 1.47
additional methods of restraint .....................1.41 → 1.46, 1.49
adjusting your driving position ........................................... 1.36
air bag
activating the front passenger air bags ........................ 1.66
deactivating the front passenger air bags .................... 1.64
air bag.............................................................0.6, 1.41 → 1.49
air conditioning ....................................3.4 → 3.10, 3.13 – 3.14
air vents ...................................................................... 3.2 – 3.3
anti-corrosion check ..............................................6.13 → 6.17
anti-corrosion protection ...................................................... 4.9
anti-lock braking system: ABS ...............................2.28 → 2.32
armrest:
front .............................................................................. 3.19
ashtray ............................................................................... 3.21
assisted parking.....................................................2.67 → 2.71
audible and visual signals.................................................. 1.94
automatic gearbox (use) .................................................... 2.11
B
battery......................................................................... 0.8, 1.73
blind spot warning signal .......................................2.42 → 2.46
blind spot: warning signal ......................................2.42 → 2.46
bonnet......................................................................... 4.2 – 4.3
brake fluid ............................................................................ 4.5
breakdown recovery ........................................................... 0.9
bulbs
changing .................................................... 0.9, 5.11 – 5.12
C
card ...................................................1.20 – 1.21, 1.28 → 1.32
card: battery................................................... 5.15 – 5.16, 5.16
card: use ............................................................................ 1.27
central door locking 1.20 – 1.21, 1.27, 1.30 → 1.33, 1.87 1.88
changing a bulb ...................................................... 5.11 – 5.12
changing gear ............................................................2.5 → 2.7
charge meter ............................................................ 1.76, 2.13
charge programming .............................................. 1.18 – 1.19
charging cord ...........................................................1.8 → 1.19
charging flap ............................................................1.8 → 1.17
charging socket .....................................1.2 → 1.6, 1.8 → 1.17
child restraint/seat .................................................1.50 → 1.66
child safety.......0.3, 1.27, 1.29, 1.46, 1.50 → 1.66, 3.15 – 3.16
child seats..............................................................1.50 → 1.63
children .......................................0.3, 1.28 – 1.29, 1.50 → 1.52
children (safety) ...................................................... 3.15 – 3.16
cleaning:
inside the vehicle .............................................. 4.12 – 4.13
clock ....................................................................... 1.90 – 1.91
closing the doors ...............................1.20 – 1.21, 1.28 → 1.33
configuration menu ................................................1.87 → 1.89
connected services .............................................................. 1.3
control instruments ................................................1.72 → 1.79
controls
doors/opening elements ..................................1.22 → 1.26
7.2
FRA_UD61944_2
Index (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (2/6)
controls ...........................................................0.4, 1.68 → 1.71
coolant ................................................................................. 4.4
courtesy light ................................................. 3.17, 5.13 – 5.14
courtesy mirrors ................................................................. 3.17
cruise control ................................................1.73, 2.51 → 2.59
cruise control-speed limiter....................................2.51 → 2.59
customised vehicle settings ..................................1.87 → 1.89
customising the vehicle settings ...........................1.87 → 1.89
D
dashboard.......................................................0.4, 1.68 → 1.71
daytime running lights.................. 1.20 – 1.21, 1.88, 1.96, 5.10
deadlocking the doors ....................................................... 1.27
display .............................1.68 – 1.69, 1.72 → 1.77, 2.62, 3.28
doors.......................................... 1.28 – 1.29, 1.33, 1.87 – 1.88
doors and tailgate .................................................1.22 → 1.26
doors/tailgate .........................................................1.20 → 1.33
driver assistance 0.5, 2.21 → 2.27, 2.33 → 2.50, 2.67 → 2.71
driver’s position ..............................................0.4, 1.68 → 1.74
driving .................... 0.5, 1.87 – 1.88, 2.2 → 2.11, 2.16 → 2.46,
2.51 → 2.64, 2.67 → 2.71
driving aids ..........0.5, 1.88 – 1.89, 2.21 → 2.27, 2.33 → 2.50,
2.67 → 2.71
driving position
settings ............................................0.3, 1.36 → 1.40, 1.92
driving recommendations ......................................2.13 → 2.17
E
ECO driving ...........................................................2.13 → 2.15
ECO mode ......................................................................... 2.15
«ECO» mode function ....................................................... 2.15
electric beam height adjustment ...................................... 1.102
electric vehicle
charge ................................................................1.8 → 1.17
driving ........................................................ 1.6, 2.16 – 2.17
important recommendations .......................................... 1.7
noise .............................................................................. 1.6
presentation .........................................................1.2 → 1.6
vehicle range .................................................... 2.16 – 2.17
electric windows ..................................................... 3.15 – 3.16
electronic parking brake .................................2.8 → 2.11, 2.60
electronic stability control: ESC .............................2.28 → 2.32
emergency active braking......................................2.21 → 2.27
emergency brake assist.........................................2.28 → 2.32
emergency braking ................................................2.21 → 2.32
energy
«ECO» mode ............................................................... 2.15
charge meter (function) ................................................ 2.13
range ................................................................2.13 → 2.15
saving .......................................................................... 2.16
energy consumption ..........................1.75 → 1.77, 2.16 – 2.17
energy recovery ................................................................. 2.16
energy saving ........................................................2.13 → 2.17
engine
access to the engine ...................................................... 0.8
engine specifications ........................................................... 6.3
environment ....................................................................... 2.12
ESC: electronic stability control .............................2.28 → 2.32
external temperature .............................................. 1.90 – 1.91
F
faults
operating faults ............2.11, 2.35, 2.40, 2.50, 5.26 → 5.29
fitting a radio ...................................................................... 5.19
fittings ....................................................................3.18 → 3.20
front passenger air bag deactivation ................................. 1.64
front seat adjustment .............................................. 1.34 – 1.35
front seats
adjustment .......................................................1.34 → 1.40
with manual controls .................................................... 1.34
fuses ................................................................ 0.9, 5.17 – 5.18
Jaune Noir Noir texte
7.3
FRA_UD61944_2
Index (X10 - Renault)
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (3/6)
G
gear lever...................................................................2.5 → 2.7
glove box ........................................................................... 3.20
H
handbrake................................................................... 2.8, 2.60
«hands-free» card: battery ............................ 5.15 – 5.16, 5.16
«hands-free» card: use.............1.22 → 1.26, 5.15 – 5.16, 5.16
hands-free telephone integrated control ............................ 3.28
hazard warning lights signal ..................................... 1.94, 1.96
headlight beam adjustment ............................................. 1.102
headlight flashers .............................................................. 1.94
headlight washer ............................................................. 1.104
headrest............................................................................. 3.22
heated steering wheel ....................................................... 1.92
heating and air conditioning system .................................. 3.13
heating system ........................................................3.4 → 3.12
heating, air conditioning: programming ......... 2.17, 3.11 – 3.12
heating/air conditioning programming .................... 3.11 – 3.12
horn ................................................................................... 1.94
horn:
flash ............................................................................. 1.94
sounding the horn ........................................................ 1.94
hubcap tool .......................................................................... 5.2
I
ignition switch .................................................2.8 → 2.11, 2.60
indicators ......................................................... 1.94, 2.44, 5.10
indicators:
direction indicators .............................................. 1.94, 5.10
exterior temperature indicator ...................................... 1.90
instrument panel ................. 1.72 → 1.79, 2.8 → 2.11, 2.60
information and general advice
welcome aboard your vehicle ........................................ 0.1
instrument panel ...............0.4, 1.72 → 1.86, 1.88 – 1.89, 1.96,
2.8 → 2.11, 2.60
instrument panel messages...... 1.78 → 1.86, 2.8 → 2.11, 2.60
interior.................................................................................. 0.3
interior trim
maintenance ..................................................... 4.12 – 4.13
L
lane departure warning ..........................................2.33 → 2.41
Lane Keeping Assist ..............................................2.37 → 2.41
lane keeping: assistance .......................................2.37 → 2.41
levels ................................................................................... 0.8
levels:
brake fluid ...................................................................... 4.5
coolant ........................................................................... 4.4
windscreen washer reservoir ......................................... 4.5
lighting
distance lighting ........................................................... 1.21
exterior ........................................................................... 0.2
lighting:
exterior ...........................................................1.96 → 1.101
instrument panel .......................................................... 1.96
interior ...................................................... 3.17, 5.13 – 5.14
see-me-home .................................................... 1.87 – 1.88
lights
adjustment ................................................................. 1.102
lights:
adjusting .................................................................... 1.102
brake lights .................................................................. 5.11
dipped beam headlights ............................. 1.72, 1.96, 5.10
direction indicators .......................... 1.72, 1.94, 5.10 – 5.11
fog lights .................................................. 1.72, 1.101, 5.11
hazard warning ............................................................ 1.94
indicator lights .............................................................. 5.12
main beam headlights ................................ 1.72, 1.99, 5.10
number plate lights ...................................................... 5.12
reversing lights ............................................................. 5.11
side lights ............................................................ 1.96, 5.11
7.4
FRA_UD61944_2
Index (X10 - Renault)
Jaune Noir Noir texte
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (4/6)
locking ............................................................................... 1.37
locking the doors ...............................1.20 → 1.33, 1.87 – 1.88
locking/unlocking the opening elements
doors ............................................................................ 1.27
locking/unlocking the opening elements ................ 1.20 – 1.21,
1.28 → 1.32
luggage compartment ........................................................ 3.25
luggage compartment cover .............................................. 3.25
M
maintenance:
bodywork ...........................................................4.9 → 4.11
interior trim ........................................................ 4.12 – 4.13
mechanical .........................................4.2 – 4.3, 6.7 → 6.12
map
card emergency key ........................................1.30 → 1.32
deadlocking .................................................................. 1.27
engine not starting in hands-free mode ...........1.30 → 1.32
locking/unlocking the opening elements ...................... 1.27
operating faults ................................................1.30 → 1.32
use .................................................................... 1.20 – 1.21
map reading lights ............................................................. 3.17
menu for customising the vehicle settings .............1.87 → 1.89
methods of restraint in addition to the seat belts ...1.41 → 1.49
multifunction screen......................................... 2.24, 2.43, 2.48
multimedia (equipment) ..................................................... 3.28
multimedia equipment ..................................... 1.87, 3.28, 5.19
N
navigation .......................................................................... 3.28
navigation system .............................................................. 3.28
O
of warning sound
door/luggage compartment open reminder alarm ........ 1.29
light reminder alarm ..................................................... 1.29
opening the doors ..................................................1.28 → 1.33
opening/closing
doors ................................................................1.22 → 1.26
luggage compartment ......................................1.22 → 1.26
sunroof .............................................................1.22 → 1.26
opening/closing
doors and tailgate ............................................1.28 → 1.32
operating faults ........... 1.33, 1.43, 1.85, 2.11, 2.35, 2.40, 2.50,
5.26 → 5.29
overspeed warning ................................................2.47 → 2.50
P
paintwork
maintenance ......................................................4.9 → 4.11
parking assistance: assisted parking .....................2.67 → 2.71
parking brake ..................................................2.8 → 2.11, 2.60
parking distance control.....................1.88 – 1.89, 2.61 → 2.66
passenger safety ................................................................. 0.6
pedestrian detection ..............................................2.21 → 2.27
pedestrian warning system ................................................ 1.95
power-assisted steering..................................................... 1.93
practical advice ....................................................... 2.16 – 2.17
presentation of the electric vehicle
important recommendations .......................................... 1.7
pretensioners .........................................................1.41 → 1.46
puncture............................................................................... 0.9
R
radio................................................................................... 3.28
range of the traction battery...................................2.13 → 2.15
rear bench seat.................................................................. 3.23
rear parcel shelf ................................................................. 3.24
rear seats
functions ...................................................................... 3.23
rear seats........................................................................... 1.39
rear view camera .................................................... 2.65 – 2.66
Jaune Noir Noir texte
7.5
FRA_UD61944_2
Index (X10 - Renault)
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (5/6)
rear view mirrors ......................................................... 0.2, 1.67
remote control
card ................................................................... 1.20 – 1.21
map ................................................................... 1.20 – 1.21
RENAULT ANTI-INTRUDER DEVICE (RAID) ................... 1.33
replacement parts ................................................................ 6.6
reverse gear
selecting ...............................................................2.5 → 2.7
reversing sensor ....................................................2.61 → 2.64
S
screen wash/wipe ............................................... 1.108 – 1.109
seat belt pretensioners
front seat belt ...................................................1.41 → 1.46
seat belt pretensioners ..........................................1.41 → 1.47
seat belts ...........................0.6, 1.36 → 1.46, 1.48 – 1.49, 1.73
seats .................................................................................... 0.3
see-me-home lighting ............................................. 1.99, 1.102
service sheets..........................................................6.7 → 6.12
settings
configuration menu ..........................................1.87 → 1.89
settings ..................................................................1.87 → 1.89
side protection devices ...................................................... 1.48
sign detection: overspeed warning ........................2.47 → 2.50
signals and lights .................................................1.96 → 1.102
speakers
location ........................................................................ 5.19
speed control .............................................................2.5 → 2.7
speed limiter .................................................1.73, 2.51 → 2.54
spoiler ................................................................................ 3.26
starting .......................................................................2.2 → 2.4
starting the engine .....................................................2.2 → 2.4
steering wheel
adjustment ........................................................ 1.92 – 1.93
stopping the engine .................................2.4, 2.8 → 2.11, 2.60
storage compartment.............................................3.18 → 3.20
storage compartments ...........................................3.18 → 3.20
storage/organisation ............................................................ 0.3
sun visor ............................................................................ 3.17
T
tailgate ........................................................... 1.20 – 1.21, 3.26
tanks and reservoirs
brake fluid ...................................................................... 4.5
coolant ........................................................................... 4.4
tanks and reservoirs:
windscreen washer ........................................................ 4.5
technical specifications ........................................................ 6.6
telephone ........................................................................... 3.28
temperature regulation ............................................3.4 → 3.10
tool kit .................................................................................. 5.2
towing
breakdown .......................................................5.23 → 5.25
in the event of energy failure ...........................5.23 → 5.25
towing .................................................................................. 0.9
towing hitch.....................................................5.2, 5.23 → 5.25
towing rings ............................1.53 → 1.55, 1.61 → 1.63, 3.27
traction battery ...........................................................1.2 → 1.6
traction battery charge .............................................1.8 → 1.17
traction control .......................................................2.28 → 2.32
transporting children ..............................................1.50 → 1.66
transporting objects
in the luggage compartment ............................. 3.26 – 3.27
trip computer and warning system................1.78 → 1.86, 1.88
tyre inflation kit...........................................................5.3 → 5.5
tyre pressure.....................................0.7, 2.18 → 2.20, 4.8, 5.7
tyre pressure monitor.............................................2.18 → 2.20
tyre pressures ...................................................................... 4.8
tyres .......................................0.2, 2.18 → 2.20, 4.8, 5.6 → 5.9
U
unlocking the doors ...........................1.20 – 1.21, 1.30 → 1.33
7.6
FRA_UD61944_2
Index (X10 - Renault)
ALPHABETICAL INDEX (6/6)
V
vehicle detection ....................................................2.21 → 2.27
vehicle identification ............................................................ 0.7
vehicle identification number (VIN) ...................................... 0.7
vehicle identification plates .................................................. 0.7
vehicle range .........................................................2.13 → 2.17
ventilation ................................................................3.4 → 3.10
W
warning buzzer ..................................... 1.28 – 1.29, 1.94, 1.99
warning lights.....................................1.72 → 1.74, 1.78 – 1.79
washing ...................................................................4.9 → 4.11
weights ................................................................................ 6.4
welcome aboard your vehicle ............................................. 0.1
wheels (safety) ..........................................................5.6 → 5.9
windows ............................................................................... 0.2
windscreen washer .....................................1.103 → 1.109, 4.5
windscreen washer/wiper ..............1.87 – 1.88, 1.103 → 1.107
wiper blades ........................................... 0.9, 5.21 – 5.22, 5.22
wipers
blades ...................................................... 5.21 – 5.22, 5.22
wipers ................................................................1.103 → 1.109
RENAULT S.A.S. SOCIÉTÉ PAR ACTIONS SIMPLIFIÉE AU CAPITAL DE 533 941 113 € / 13-15, QUAI LE GALLO
92100 BOULOGNE-BILLANCOURT R.C.S. NANTERRE 780 129 987 — SIRET 780 129 987 03591 / TÉL. : 0810 40 50 60
NU 1304-2 – 99 91 030 19S – 10/2019 – Edition anglaise
à999103019Sòîíä S6
272

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels
1

Forum

Renault-Zoe-2019

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Renault Zoe 2019 bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Renault Zoe 2019 in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 7,86 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Renault Zoe 2019

Renault Zoe 2019 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Nederlands - 294 pagina's

Renault Zoe 2019 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Deutsch - 294 pagina's

Renault Zoe 2019 Gebruiksaanwijzing - Français - 294 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info